Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

are+these+matters+connected+

  • 1 connected

    tr[kə'nektɪd]
    1 (related, joined) relacionado,-a, conectado,-a
    2 (to power supply) conectado,-a, enchufado,-a
    3 (related by birth) emparentado,-a
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to be well connected tener buenos contactos, tener enchufe
    adj.
    acoplado, -a adj.
    conectado, -a adj.
    conexo, -a adj.
    conjunto, -a adj.
    enlazado, -a adj.
    trabado, -a adj.
    unido, -a adj.
    kə'nektəd, kə'nektɪd
    adjective <ideas/events> relacionado

    she's very well connectedestá muy bien relacionada or conectada, tiene muy buenas conexiones (AmL)

    to be connecteded WITH something — estar* relacionado or conectado con algo

    [kǝ'nektɪd]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=related) [concepts, events] relacionado

    to be connected (to or with) — estar relacionado (con)

    what firm are you connected with? — ¿con qué empresa estás conectado or relacionado?

    are these matters connected? — ¿tienen alguna relación entre sí estas cuestiones?

    2) (Bot, Jur) conexo
    3) (fig) [argument etc] conexo
    2.
    CPD

    connected speech Ndiscurso m conexo

    * * *
    [kə'nektəd, kə'nektɪd]
    adjective <ideas/events> relacionado

    she's very well connectedestá muy bien relacionada or conectada, tiene muy buenas conexiones (AmL)

    to be connecteded WITH something — estar* relacionado or conectado con algo

    English-spanish dictionary > connected

  • 2 samenhangen

    voorbeelden:
    1   deze zaken hangen nauw samen these matters are closely connected/linked
         dat hangt samen met het klimaat that is connected with the climate

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > samenhangen

  • 3 deze zaken hangen nauw samen

    deze zaken hangen nauw samen
    these matters are closely connected/linked

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > deze zaken hangen nauw samen

  • 4 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 5 relacionado

    adj.
    relative, related, connected.
    Relacionado con related to, in connection with
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: relacionar.
    * * *
    1→ link=relacionar relacionar
    1 (referido) concerning, regarding
    2 (conectado) related, connected
    \
    estar bien relacionado,-a to be well connected
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) [acontecimiento, tema, problema] related
    2) [persona]

    relacionado con algn/algo — connected with sb/sth, linked to sb/sth

    J.S. podría estar relacionado con el atentado — J.S. could be connected with o linked to the bomb attack

    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    a) [ESTAR] <temas/ideas> related
    b) < persona>
    * * *
    = allied, associated, connected, kindred, related, concomitant, attendant, cognate, sister, linked, germane.
    Ex. In the light of the information explosion, no researcher can now realistically expect to keep pace with developments in his own field, let alone those in allied fields = En vista del crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, siendo realista ahora el investigador no puede mantenerse al día en los avances de su propio campo y mucho menos de los de campos afines.
    Ex. This list makes recommendations about the use of references for the display of relationships in a catalogue, index or data base, in order to guide users between connected or associated terms.
    Ex. This list makes recommendations about the use of references for the display of relationships in a catalogue, index or data base, in order to guide users between connected or associated terms.
    Ex. The indexer must evaluate whether the index user will profit if a distinction is made between two kindred terms.
    Ex. Similar and closely related subjects are likely to be scattered under different keywords.
    Ex. If we require specificity, we have at the same time to accept the concomitant complexity of headings and the occurrence of grouping.
    Ex. If anything, it interposes an additional link in the communication chain, with its attendant 'interface' problems.
    Ex. We need to determine the interrelationships of disciplines that are now regarded as cognate to or complementary with information science.
    Ex. At the core of the collections lies an almost complete set of official publications issued by the European Commission and its sister institutions.
    Ex. Each linked document also has its own links, creating a 'web' of information through which the searcher can move.
    Ex. The bibliography lists documents expressly recommended to the researchers in this area and documents of interest which are not specifically germane.
    ----
    * acto relacionado con el libro = book event.
    * actuación relacionada con la información = information action.
    * biblioteconomía relacionada con los libros raros = rare book librarianship.
    * delito relacionado con las drogas = drug offense.
    * destrezas relacionadas con la información = information skills.
    * de un modo relacionado = connectibly.
    * encabezamiento relacionado = related heading.
    * en lo relacionado con = in the areas of, as to the matter of.
    * entidad relacionada = related body.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estrechamente relacionado = closely linked, strongly linked.
    * estrechamente relacionado (con) = closely related (to).
    * estudios relacionados con las misiones religiosas = missiology.
    * grupo mínimo relacionado = minimum zone cohort.
    * no estar relacionado con = be unrelated to.
    * Nombre + relacionado con = Nombre + involved.
    * no relacionados entre síinconexo = unrelated.
    * obra relacionada = related work.
    * relacionado a un caso concreto = case-related.
    * relacionado (con) = concerned with, concerning, connected with, regarding, relating to, allied to/with, incumbent in, attendant upon, germane to, related to, correlated (to/with).
    * relacionado con cuestiones raciales = race-related.
    * relacionado con el alcohol = alcohol-related.
    * relacionado con el coito = coital.
    * relacionado con el consumo de alcohol = alcohol-related.
    * relacionado con el consumo de bebidas alcohólicas = drink-related.
    * relacionado con el medio ambiente = environmentally related.
    * relacionado con el pago de cuotas = fee-related.
    * relacionado con el sexo = gender-related.
    * relacionado con el SIDA = AIDS-related.
    * relacionado con el trabajo = job-related, work-related.
    * relacionado con Internet = Internet-related.
    * relacionado con la bebida = drink-related.
    * relacionado con la concesión de premios = award-giving [award giving].
    * relacionado con la delincuencia = crime-related.
    * relacionado con la edad = age-related.
    * relacionado con la educación = education-related.
    * relacionado con la escuela = school-related.
    * relacionado con la geología = geology-related.
    * relacionado con la información = information-related.
    * relacionado con la música = music related [music-related].
    * relacionado con la obtención de títulos = credential-granting.
    * relacionado con la osteopatía = osteophatic.
    * relacionado con la presentación de evidencias = evidentiary.
    * relacionado con la producción = production-related.
    * relacionado con la promoción de libros = book-promotional.
    * relacionado con la salud = health-related.
    * relacionado con las aves = avian.
    * relacionado con las avispas = waspish.
    * relacionado con las bibliotecas = library-related.
    * relacionado con las ciencias = science-related.
    * relacionado con las drogas = drug-related.
    * relacionado con la seguridad = safety-related.
    * relacionado con las medicinas = drug-related.
    * relacionado con las mujeres = women-related.
    * relacionado con las pandillas = gang-related.
    * relacionado con la verificación = verification-related.
    * relacionado con la web = Web-related.
    * relacionado con los estudios = course-related.
    * relacionado con los fármacos = drug-related.
    * relacionado con los libros = book-related.
    * relacionado con los medicamentos = drug-related.
    * relacionado con los negocios = business-related.
    * relacionado con los viajes = travel-related.
    * relacionado con una polémica = confrontational.
    * relacionado remotamente = remotely related.
    * relacionado vagamente = distantly related.
    * servicio relacionado con los libros = book service.
    * tareas relacionadas con la información = information operations.
    * trámites relacionados con la documentación = paper handling.
    * TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    a) [ESTAR] <temas/ideas> related
    b) < persona>
    * * *
    = allied, associated, connected, kindred, related, concomitant, attendant, cognate, sister, linked, germane.

    Ex: In the light of the information explosion, no researcher can now realistically expect to keep pace with developments in his own field, let alone those in allied fields = En vista del crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, siendo realista ahora el investigador no puede mantenerse al día en los avances de su propio campo y mucho menos de los de campos afines.

    Ex: This list makes recommendations about the use of references for the display of relationships in a catalogue, index or data base, in order to guide users between connected or associated terms.
    Ex: This list makes recommendations about the use of references for the display of relationships in a catalogue, index or data base, in order to guide users between connected or associated terms.
    Ex: The indexer must evaluate whether the index user will profit if a distinction is made between two kindred terms.
    Ex: Similar and closely related subjects are likely to be scattered under different keywords.
    Ex: If we require specificity, we have at the same time to accept the concomitant complexity of headings and the occurrence of grouping.
    Ex: If anything, it interposes an additional link in the communication chain, with its attendant 'interface' problems.
    Ex: We need to determine the interrelationships of disciplines that are now regarded as cognate to or complementary with information science.
    Ex: At the core of the collections lies an almost complete set of official publications issued by the European Commission and its sister institutions.
    Ex: Each linked document also has its own links, creating a 'web' of information through which the searcher can move.
    Ex: The bibliography lists documents expressly recommended to the researchers in this area and documents of interest which are not specifically germane.
    * acto relacionado con el libro = book event.
    * actuación relacionada con la información = information action.
    * biblioteconomía relacionada con los libros raros = rare book librarianship.
    * delito relacionado con las drogas = drug offense.
    * destrezas relacionadas con la información = information skills.
    * de un modo relacionado = connectibly.
    * encabezamiento relacionado = related heading.
    * en lo relacionado con = in the areas of, as to the matter of.
    * entidad relacionada = related body.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estrechamente relacionado = closely linked, strongly linked.
    * estrechamente relacionado (con) = closely related (to).
    * estudios relacionados con las misiones religiosas = missiology.
    * grupo mínimo relacionado = minimum zone cohort.
    * no estar relacionado con = be unrelated to.
    * Nombre + relacionado con = Nombre + involved.
    * no relacionados entre síinconexo = unrelated.
    * obra relacionada = related work.
    * relacionado a un caso concreto = case-related.
    * relacionado (con) = concerned with, concerning, connected with, regarding, relating to, allied to/with, incumbent in, attendant upon, germane to, related to, correlated (to/with).
    * relacionado con cuestiones raciales = race-related.
    * relacionado con el alcohol = alcohol-related.
    * relacionado con el coito = coital.
    * relacionado con el consumo de alcohol = alcohol-related.
    * relacionado con el consumo de bebidas alcohólicas = drink-related.
    * relacionado con el medio ambiente = environmentally related.
    * relacionado con el pago de cuotas = fee-related.
    * relacionado con el sexo = gender-related.
    * relacionado con el SIDA = AIDS-related.
    * relacionado con el trabajo = job-related, work-related.
    * relacionado con Internet = Internet-related.
    * relacionado con la bebida = drink-related.
    * relacionado con la concesión de premios = award-giving [award giving].
    * relacionado con la delincuencia = crime-related.
    * relacionado con la edad = age-related.
    * relacionado con la educación = education-related.
    * relacionado con la escuela = school-related.
    * relacionado con la geología = geology-related.
    * relacionado con la información = information-related.
    * relacionado con la música = music related [music-related].
    * relacionado con la obtención de títulos = credential-granting.
    * relacionado con la osteopatía = osteophatic.
    * relacionado con la presentación de evidencias = evidentiary.
    * relacionado con la producción = production-related.
    * relacionado con la promoción de libros = book-promotional.
    * relacionado con la salud = health-related.
    * relacionado con las aves = avian.
    * relacionado con las avispas = waspish.
    * relacionado con las bibliotecas = library-related.
    * relacionado con las ciencias = science-related.
    * relacionado con las drogas = drug-related.
    * relacionado con la seguridad = safety-related.
    * relacionado con las medicinas = drug-related.
    * relacionado con las mujeres = women-related.
    * relacionado con las pandillas = gang-related.
    * relacionado con la verificación = verification-related.
    * relacionado con la web = Web-related.
    * relacionado con los estudios = course-related.
    * relacionado con los fármacos = drug-related.
    * relacionado con los libros = book-related.
    * relacionado con los medicamentos = drug-related.
    * relacionado con los negocios = business-related.
    * relacionado con los viajes = travel-related.
    * relacionado con una polémica = confrontational.
    * relacionado remotamente = remotely related.
    * relacionado vagamente = distantly related.
    * servicio relacionado con los libros = book service.
    * tareas relacionadas con la información = information operations.
    * trámites relacionados con la documentación = paper handling.
    * TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).

    * * *
    1 [ ESTAR] ‹temas/ideas› related
    las dos ideologías están muy relacionadas the two ideologies are closely related
    esto está relacionado con lo que discutíamos ayer this is related to what we were discussing yesterday
    todo lo relacionado con este tema me interesa I am interested in anything to do with o related to o which relates to this subject
    2 ‹persona›
    su padre está muy bien relacionado his father is very well connected
    estar relacionado CON algn to be connected WITH sb
    está relacionado con gente del gobierno he has contacts o connections in the government
    * * *

    Del verbo relacionar: ( conjugate relacionar)

    relacionado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    relacionado    
    relacionar
    relacionado
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    a) [ESTAR] ‹temas/ideas/hechos related, connected

    b) persona›:


    estar relacionado CON algn/algo to be connected with sb/sth
    relacionar ( conjugate relacionar) verbo transitivo ( conectar) to relate, connect;
    relacionado algo a o con algo to relate o connect sth to sth
    relacionarse verbo pronominal
    a) relacionadose CON algo ‹con tema/asunto› to be related to sth

    b) [ persona] relacionadose CON algn to mix with sb

    relacionar verbo transitivo
    1 (una cosa, persona, etc, con otra) to relate, link [con, to]
    2 (hacer un listado) to list
    ' relacionado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    directamente
    - liado
    - referirse
    English:
    Afro
    - emotional
    - interrelated
    - legal
    - private
    - related
    - unrelated
    - allied
    - connect
    - connected
    - relate
    - tie
    * * *
    relacionado, -a adj
    1. [emparentado] related;
    relacionado con related to, connected with
    2. [concerniente] concerning, regarding;
    le interesa todo lo relacionado con el calentamiento global he's interested in anything to do with global warming
    * * *
    adj related ( con to);
    bien relacionado well connected
    * * *
    relacionado adj related

    Spanish-English dictionary > relacionado

  • 6 अर्थः _arthḥ

    अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.]
    1 Object, pur- pose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9.
    -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213.
    -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21.
    -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five: रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16.
    -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid.
    -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62.
    -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25.
    -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65.
    -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition.
    -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19.
    -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1.
    -12 Manner, kind, sort.
    -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).
    -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ).
    -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5.
    -16 N. of a son of धर्म.
    -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.).
    -18 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2.
    -2 Force (of a statement or an expres- sion); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication].
    -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23.
    -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm.
    -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7).
    -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2.
    -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with finan- cial duties, finance minister.
    -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2).
    -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21.
    -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter.
    -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning.
    -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18.
    -3 A new matter or circum- stance, new affair.
    -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from parti- cular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Ins- tances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especi- ally in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi).
    -अन्वित a.
    1 rich, wealthy.
    -2 significant.
    -अभिधान a.
    1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26.
    -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.).
    -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16.
    -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥
    -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H.
    -2 collection of property.
    -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737.
    -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः]
    1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, im- plication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduc- tion of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has sug- gested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presump- tion of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46.
    -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhe- toricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते.
    -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्.
    -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक.
    -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा.
    -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth.
    -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4.
    -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money.
    -कर (
    -री f.),
    -कृत a.
    1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3.
    -2 useful, advan- tageous.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्).
    -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17.
    -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5.
    -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21.
    -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really).
    -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters.
    -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter.
    -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti.
    -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8.
    -क्रमः due order or sequ- ence of purpose.
    -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्).
    -गत a.
    1 based on the sense (as a दोष).
    -2 devoid of sense.
    -गतिः understanding the sense.
    -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21.
    -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv.
    -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27.
    -घ्न a. (
    घ्नी f.) extrava- gant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8.
    -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya- prakāśa.
    -चिन्तक a.
    1 thinking of profit.
    -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D.
    -जात a.
    1 full of meaning.
    -2 wealthy (जातधन).
    (-तम्) 1 a collection of things.
    -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7.
    -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6.
    -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir.
    -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94.
    -2 the real nature or cause of anything.
    - a.
    1 yielding wealth; Dk.41.
    -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful.
    -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19.
    -4 favour- able, compliant. (
    -दः) N. of Kubera.
    -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge.
    -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155.
    -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48.
    -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due.
    -3 finding fault with the meaning.
    -4 spoiling of another's property.
    -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21.
    -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg.
    -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17
    -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7.
    -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir.
    -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth.
    -निश्चयः determination, decision.
    -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45.
    -पर, -लुब्ध a.
    1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous.
    -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425.
    -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five:-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.)
    -प्रयोगः 1 usury.
    -2 administration of the affairs (of a state)
    -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13.
    -˚त्वम् Inplication.
    -बन्धः 1 arrange- ment of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words.
    -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense.
    -बुद्धि a. selfish.
    -बोधः indication of the (real) import.
    -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property.
    -भावनम् Delibera- tion over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28).
    -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant).
    -भेदः distinc- tion or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः.
    -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2.
    -2 the whole sense or object.
    -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13.
    -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26.
    -लाभः acquisition of wealth.
    -लोभः avarice.
    -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65.
    -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose.
    -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds:- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.)
    -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work.
    -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1.
    -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning.
    -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact.
    -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम्
    -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण).
    -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi.
    -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7.
    -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4.
    -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84.
    -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense.
    -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49.
    -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth.
    -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters.
    -शब्दौ Word and sense.
    -शालिन् a. Wealthy.
    -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy).
    -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5.
    -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1.
    -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16.
    -श्री Great wealth.
    -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth.
    -2 treasury.
    -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H.
    -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara.
    -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72.
    -समाजः aggregate of causes.
    -समाहारः 1 treasure.
    -2 acquisition of wealth.
    -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15.
    -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168.
    -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence.
    -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64.
    -साधक a.
    1 accomplishing any object.
    -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion.
    -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42.
    -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words.
    -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21.
    -हानिः Loss of wealth
    -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks.
    -हर a. inheriting wealth.
    -हीन a.
    1 deprived of wealth, poor.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical.
    -3 failing.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अर्थः _arthḥ

  • 7 pie

    m.
    1 foot.
    a pie on foot
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot
    estar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standing
    ponerse de o en pie to stand up
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours
    perder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depth
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters
    pies planos flat feet
    2 stand.
    pie de foto caption
    3 cue (Teatro).
    4 leg, central support.
    5 Computer Science Academic Program.
    6 pes.
    pret.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA foot
    5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption
    \
    a los pies de la cama at the foot of the bed
    a pie on foot
    al pie de (cerca) close by
    al pie de la letra word for word
    al pie del cañón familiar hard at it, working
    creer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitly
    dar pie a to give occasion for
    de los pies a la cabeza from head to toe
    empezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong foot
    estar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war path
    hacer pie to touch the bottom
    ir con pies de plomo to tread very carefully
    nacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth
    no dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything right
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurd
    pararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their place
    poner los pies en to set foot in
    ponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand up
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness is
    tenerse de pie to keep on one's feet
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) foot
    2) cue
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) foot

    poner el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace

    pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters

    2) [locuciones]

    a pie — on foot

    ir a pie — to go on foot, walk

    estar de pie — to be standing (up)

    permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time

    en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since four

    mantenerse en pie[persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright

    ganado en pie LAm cattle on the hoof

    a pie enjuto (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk

    a pie firme

    ponerse de o en pie — to stand up

    gente de a piecommon o ordinary folk

    soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier

    se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box

    desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday

    - poner los pies en polvorosa

    sin pies ni cabeza —

    el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message

    buscar 1., 1), a)
    3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] foot

    al pie del monteat the foot o bottom of the mountain

    al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building

    al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges

    al pie del cañón —

    4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption
    5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock
    6) (=unidad de medida) foot
    7) (Teat) cue
    8) [de vino] sediment
    9) (=causa)

    dar pie a — to give cause for

    10) (=posición)

    estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)

    estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath

    11) (Literat) foot
    12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment
    13)

    pie de vía CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    piesfoot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    piesfoot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    pie1
    1 = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

    Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

    Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.
    Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.
    * alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.
    * al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).
    * al pie de la letra = to the letter.
    * andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.
    * andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.
    * apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.
    * a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * apoyo para los pies = footrest.
    * arrastrando los pies = shuffling.
    * arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * arreglarse los pies = pedicure.
    * atar de pies y manos = hogtie.
    * bajo los pies = underfoot.
    * baño de pies = footbath.
    * bomba de pie = foot pump.
    * buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.
    * buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * carrera a pie = foot race.
    * comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.
    * cuidado de los pies = footcare.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dedo del pie = toe.
    * dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.
    * dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * dejar de pie = leave + standing.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de nuevo en pie = up and about.
    * de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de pies ligeros = swift-footed.
    * de pies planos = flat-footed.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * distancia a pie = walking distance.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.
    * en pie = up and about.
    * en pie de guerra = on the warpath.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].
    * gente de a pie = ordinary people.
    * hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.
    * levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.
    * mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * nota a pie de página = footnote.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.
    * perchero de pie = coat-stand.
    * perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.
    * pie de atleta = athlete's foot.
    * pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.
    * pie de obra = building site.
    * pie de página = footer.
    * pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.
    * pie de pie = standing.
    * Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.
    * pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.
    * pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.
    * planta del pie = sole.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.
    * sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.
    * sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.
    * salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.
    * seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.
    * sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tiña del pie = tinea pedis.
    * uña del pie = toenail.
    * visita a pie = walking tour.

    pie2
    2 = foot [feet, -pl.].

    Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

    * de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.
    * pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).
    * pie lineal = linear foot.

    pie3
    3 = winter.
    Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.

    Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.

    * * *
    pie1
    A
    no arrastres los pies don't drag your feet
    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet
    se echó a sus pies ( liter); he threw himself at her feet ( frml)
    a sus pies, señora ( frml); at your service, madam ( frml)
    2 ( en locs):
    a pie on foot
    queda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot
    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?
    esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this week
    una nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the page
    viviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beach
    oficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the street
    una entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the street
    experimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroom
    al pie ( Col); very close, just round the corner
    de pie standing
    estuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hours
    tuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the way
    ponte de pie stand up
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morning
    ya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to drop
    sólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standing
    queda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still on
    mi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still stands
    ganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoof
    a pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feet
    a pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letter
    se cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's told
    buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)
    cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)
    con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrow
    con los pies ( fam); badly
    esta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closed
    una solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of application
    el gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)
    de esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)
    con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground
    tiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the ground
    empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badly
    hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)
    con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warily
    ándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefully
    dar pie a algo to give rise to sth
    su conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumors
    no quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argument
    darle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you again
    de a pie common, ordinary
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person
    a mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary people
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)
    echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back down
    en pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alert
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal terms
    estar a pie ( Chi fam); to be lost ( colloq)
    estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tied
    estar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leave
    me pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leave
    ya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to go
    estar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the grave
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom
    yo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth here
    írsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still
    leche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cow
    nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star
    no doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing right
    no estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's cloth
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever
    el ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligible
    un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan
    pararle a algn los pies ( Esp); to take sb down a peg or two, put sb in his/her place ( colloq)
    perder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip up
    pies de barro feet of clay
    un héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clay
    poner (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place
    hoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house today
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    saber de qué pie cojea algn ( Esp fam); to know sb's faults o weak points
    salir por pies ( Esp fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    ser más viejo que andar a pie (CS fam); to be as old as the hills ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    high instep
    athlete's foot
    ( Chi) dogtooth
    clubfoot
    B
    1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot
    2 (de una lámpara, columna) base; (de una copabase) base; (— parte vertical) stem
    4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottom
    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote
    remita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon below
    un pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountain
    sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactly
    repetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told me
    todos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away
    pies mpl foot
    Compuestos:
    little end
    name and title of signatory
    caption
    ( Col) (personal) manpower; ( Mil) standing army
    imprint
    footer
    slide gauge
    C ( Bot) cutting, slip
    Compuesto:
    rootstock
    ocho pies cuadrados eight square feet
    E ( Lit) foot
    Compuesto:
    F ( Chi) (depósito) down payment
    pie2
    /pai/
    ( AmL)
    pie
    * * *

     

    Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)

    pié es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    píe es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    piar    
    pie
    piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
    to chirp, tweet
    pie 1 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) foot;


    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    b) ( en locs)


    ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
    hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
    de pie standing;
    ponte de pie stand up;
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
    no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
    solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
    mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
    a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
    de a pie common, ordinary;
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
    levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    2
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot

    b) (de lámpara, columna) base;

    ( de copabase) base;
    (— parte vertical) stem;
    ( de montaña) foot
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom;

    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;

    al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir word by word, exactly
    d) ( de cama) tb


    3
    a) ( medida) foot

    b) (Lit) foot

    pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
    piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
    pie sustantivo masculino
    1 (de una persona) foot
    ponerse de pie, to stand up
    pies planos, flat feet
    2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
    3 (de una copa) stem
    4 (de una fotografía) caption
    5 (de un texto) foot
    una nota a pie de página, a footnote
    6 (medida) foot
    ♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
    a pies juntillas, blindly
    al pie de la letra, to the letter
    con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
    con pies de plomo, cautiously
    de pie, standing up
    de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
    ' pie' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - bola
    - caminar
    - cañón
    - ciudadana
    - ciudadano
    - cojear
    - compartir
    - dedo
    - dormirse
    - empanada
    - enredarse
    - excursionista
    - flojera
    - gráfica
    - gráfico
    - guerra
    - hormiguear
    - hormigueo
    - lámpara
    - letra
    - levantarse
    - migaja
    - nacer
    - parada
    - parado
    - pararse
    - pastel
    - patear
    - patín
    - perchero
    - planta
    - pulgar
    - punta
    - reloj
    - resistir
    - sostenerse
    - talón
    - tenerse
    - uña
    - vadear
    - ver
    - zancadilla
    - a
    - agachar
    - amoldar
    - bien
    - budín
    - buscar
    - calambre
    English:
    accused
    - athlete's foot
    - bare
    - base
    - bed
    - book
    - bottom
    - caption
    - circumscribe
    - clubfoot
    - custard pie
    - dead
    - easy
    - floor lamp
    - foot
    - foothold
    - footing
    - footnote
    - ft
    - grandfather
    - hike
    - hill
    - impression
    - imprint
    - instep
    - itch
    - letter
    - man
    - meat pie
    - mince pie
    - on
    - pace
    - pie
    - pie chart
    - press
    - print
    - promenade concert
    - rambler
    - remain
    - rise
    - roll out
    - salt
    - sole
    - stamp
    - stamp down
    - stand
    - stand up
    - standing
    - standing ovation
    - standing room
    * * *
    pie nm
    1. [de persona] foot;
    estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;
    a pie on foot;
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;
    estar de o [m5] en pie to be standing;
    ponerse de o [m5] en pie to stand up;
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;
    llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;
    la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;
    echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;
    [pasajero] to alight;
    se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;
    se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;
    perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;
    Formal
    a sus pies at your service;
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;
    en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;
    Fam
    buscar (los) tres o [m5] cinco pies al gato to overcomplicate matters;
    de pies a cabeza from head to toe;
    con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;
    terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;
    caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;
    no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;
    con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;
    a pies juntillas unquestioningly;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;
    terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;
    nacer de pie to be born lucky;
    andar o [m5] ir con pies de plomo to tread carefully;
    pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;
    Fam
    poner pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;
    poner los pies en o [m5] sobre la tierra to get a grip on reality;
    Esp
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;
    Fam
    salir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;
    Esp Fam
    salir por pies to leg it;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;
    tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the grave
    no tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;
    esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand up
    pie de atleta athlete's foot;
    pie de cabra crowbar, Br jemmy, US jimmy;
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;
    pies planos flat feet
    2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;
    [de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;
    al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;
    al pie de o [m5]a los pies de la cama/de la montaña at the foot of the bed/mountain;
    al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;
    sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;
    copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;
    no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;
    al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at work
    pie de foto caption;
    pie de imprenta imprint;
    Informát pie de página footer
    3. [unidad de medida] foot;
    mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide
    4. Teatro cue;
    Fig
    dar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;
    [sospechas] to give cause for; Fig
    dar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sth
    5. Lit [de verso] foot
    pie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines
    6. pie de lobo [planta] clubmoss
    7. pies de gato [botas] rock boots
    8. Chile [anticipo] down payment
    * * *
    m
    1 de estatua, lámpara base
    2 de persona foot;
    a pie on foot;
    al pie de at the foot of;
    de pie standing;
    estar de pie be standing (up);
    en pie stand up;
    de pie fig: por cansancio be ready to drop;
    de pies a cabeza from head to foot;
    no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;
    con los pies fig badly;
    estar en pie be up, be out of bed;
    estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;
    cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;
    a give rise to, generate;
    echar pie a tierra go ashore;
    estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;
    hacer pie touch bottom;
    no hacer pie en piscina be out of one’s depth;
    do everything wrong;
    parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;
    poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;
    salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;
    pie de la cama foot of the bed;
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    pie nm
    1) : foot
    a pie: on foot
    de pie: on one's feet, standing
    2) : base, bottom, stem, foot
    pie de la cama: foot of the bed
    pie de una lámpera: base of a lamp
    pie de la escalera: bottom of the stairs
    pie de una copa: stem of a glass
    3) : foot (in measurement)
    pie cuadrado: square foot
    4) : cue (in theater)
    5)
    dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to
    6)
    en pie de igualidad : on equal footing
    * * *
    pie n
    1. (de persona) foot [pl. feet]
    2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base
    ponerse de pie to stand up [pt. & pp. stood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > pie

  • 8 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 9 niño

    m.
    boy, kid, child, innocent.
    * * *
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (gen) child; (chico) boy, little boy; (chica) girl, little girl
    2 (bebé) baby
    ¿para cuándo es el niño? when is the baby due?
    no seas niño y acábate la cena don't be such a baby, eat up your dinner!
    1 children, kids
    \
    de niño,-a as a child
    desde niño,-a from childhood
    ... ni que niño muerto familiar my foot!
    ¡qué moto ni qué niño muerto! motorbike, my foot!
    querer a alguien como a la niña de sus ojos to adore somebody, have a soft spot for somebody
    ser como la niña de sus ojos para alguien to be the apple of somebody's eye
    niño,-a bien rich kid
    niño,-a bonito,-a (de los padres) spoilt child 2 (de otros) pet
    niño,-a burbuja baby in the bubble
    niño,-a probeta test-tube baby
    niño de papá rich kid
    niño pera familiar daddy's boy
    * * *
    (f. - niña)
    noun
    child, boy / girl
    * * *
    niño, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=joven) young; pey childish

    ¡no seas niño! — don't be so childish!

    2) And [fruta] green, unripe
    2. SM / F
    1) (=crío) child, (little) boy/(little) girl

    desde niño — since childhood, since I etc was a child

    niño/a bien, niño/a bonito/a — Hooray Henry *

    niño/a de la calle — street kid

    niño/a expósito/a — foundling

    niño/a pera, niño/a pijo/a — * pampered child, daddy's boy/girl

    niño/a prodigio/a — child prodigy

    niño/a terrible — enfant terrible

    2) (=bebé) baby

    cuando nazca el niño — when the baby is born, when the child is born

    niño/a azul — blue baby

    el Niño de la bola — (lit) the infant Jesus; (fig) fortune's favourite

    niño/a de pecho — babe-in-arms

    el Niño Jesús — the Christ-child; [con menos formalidad] the Baby Jesus

    niño/a probeta — test-tube baby

    3) * [uso apelativo]

    ¡niño, que te vas a caer! — watch out, lad, you're going to fall!

    ¡niña, no seas tan tonta! — don't be such a silly girl!

    4) LAm ( esp Hist) (=título) master/mistress, sir/miss
    5) Cono Sur undesirable
    niña
    * * *
    I
    - ña adjetivo
    a) ( joven) young
    b) (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    II
    - ña masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child; (f) girl, child; ( bebé) baby

    ¿te gustan los niños? — do you like children?

    estar como (un) niño con zapatos nuevosto be like a child with a new toy

    b) ( con respecto a los padres) (m) son, child; (f) daughter, child
    c) ( adulto joven) (m) (young) boy, (young) guy (colloq); (f) (young) girl
    d) (AmL) ( término de respeto) (m) young master; (f) young lady

    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? — will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?

    * * *
    = child [children, -pl.], infant, kid, kiddy [kiddie], baby boy, kidlet.
    Ex. There are many catalogs and each of them functions in a different world -- the worlds of the school child and of the college student, the worlds of the eminent scholar and of the casual reader.
    Ex. The article 'Sitting pretty: infants, toddlers, & lapsits' outlines the procedures followed at San Francisco public library to help parents introduce their babies to appropriate literature.
    Ex. He said they try to arrange special visits to cultural institutions and attend concerts, and that the kids have an opportunity to speak with people connected with the event afterwards.
    Ex. If they can do it for the kiddies, perhaps they can do it for the adults too.
    Ex. With a conception calendar you can choose to conceive on the days that Nature has chosen for a baby boy or a baby girl.
    Ex. Kidlets age 6 and up will be tied up for hours assembling and playing with these packs of different pirate ships, dinosaurs, airplanes or alien creatures.
    ----
    * acuéstate con niños y amanecerás meado = lie down with dogs and you get fleas.
    * adaptado especialmente para niños = child-friendly.
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * centrado en el niño = child-centred [child-centered, -USA].
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).
    * crianza de niños = parenting.
    * criar niños = rear + children, raise + children, child rearing.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuidado de niños = child care [childcare].
    * cuidador de niños = childminder.
    * custodia de los niños = child custody.
    * edad en la que un niño aprende a andar = toddlerhood.
    * escuela de niños menores = infant school.
    * juego de niños = child's play, children's play, children's play.
    * mentalidad de niño = juvenile mentality.
    * niño abandonado = waif.
    * niño adoptado = adopted child.
    * niño adoptivo = adopted child.
    * niño cambiado = changeling.
    * niño chico = young child, young kid.
    * niño con necesidades especiales = special needs child.
    * niño consentido = spoilt brat.
    * niño de edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño de la calle = waif.
    * niño de la llave = latchkey child.
    * niño desvalido = deprived child.
    * niño en edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño en edad preescolar = preschooler.
    * niño joven = young boy.
    * niño malcriado = spoilt brat, brat.
    * niño mimado = darling, spoilt brat.
    * niño pequeño = toddler, little child.
    * niño problemático = problem child.
    * niño prodigio = child prodigy.
    * niño que recibe la educación escolar en su casa = homeschooler [home schooler].
    * niños = children [child, -sing.].
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * niños, los = small fry, the.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * niño travieso = naughty boy.
    * obra de teatro para niños = children's play.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * piscina inflable para niños = paddling pool, wading pool.
    * piscina para niños = wading pool, paddling pool, wading pool.
    * problema con los niños de la llave = latchkey problem.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener un niño = have + a baby.
    * tráfico de niños = trafficking in children.
    * trata de niños = trafficking in children.
    * Virgen y el Niño = Madonna and Child.
    * * *
    I
    - ña adjetivo
    a) ( joven) young
    b) (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    II
    - ña masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child; (f) girl, child; ( bebé) baby

    ¿te gustan los niños? — do you like children?

    estar como (un) niño con zapatos nuevosto be like a child with a new toy

    b) ( con respecto a los padres) (m) son, child; (f) daughter, child
    c) ( adulto joven) (m) (young) boy, (young) guy (colloq); (f) (young) girl
    d) (AmL) ( término de respeto) (m) young master; (f) young lady

    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? — will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?

    * * *
    = child [children, -pl.], infant, kid, kiddy [kiddie], baby boy, kidlet.

    Ex: There are many catalogs and each of them functions in a different world -- the worlds of the school child and of the college student, the worlds of the eminent scholar and of the casual reader.

    Ex: The article 'Sitting pretty: infants, toddlers, & lapsits' outlines the procedures followed at San Francisco public library to help parents introduce their babies to appropriate literature.
    Ex: He said they try to arrange special visits to cultural institutions and attend concerts, and that the kids have an opportunity to speak with people connected with the event afterwards.
    Ex: If they can do it for the kiddies, perhaps they can do it for the adults too.
    Ex: With a conception calendar you can choose to conceive on the days that Nature has chosen for a baby boy or a baby girl.
    Ex: Kidlets age 6 and up will be tied up for hours assembling and playing with these packs of different pirate ships, dinosaurs, airplanes or alien creatures.
    * acuéstate con niños y amanecerás meado = lie down with dogs and you get fleas.
    * adaptado especialmente para niños = child-friendly.
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * centrado en el niño = child-centred [child-centered, -USA].
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).
    * crianza de niños = parenting.
    * criar niños = rear + children, raise + children, child rearing.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuidado de niños = child care [childcare].
    * cuidador de niños = childminder.
    * custodia de los niños = child custody.
    * edad en la que un niño aprende a andar = toddlerhood.
    * escuela de niños menores = infant school.
    * juego de niños = child's play, children's play, children's play.
    * mentalidad de niño = juvenile mentality.
    * niño abandonado = waif.
    * niño adoptado = adopted child.
    * niño adoptivo = adopted child.
    * niño cambiado = changeling.
    * niño chico = young child, young kid.
    * niño con necesidades especiales = special needs child.
    * niño consentido = spoilt brat.
    * niño de edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño de la calle = waif.
    * niño de la llave = latchkey child.
    * niño desvalido = deprived child.
    * niño en edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño en edad preescolar = preschooler.
    * niño joven = young boy.
    * niño malcriado = spoilt brat, brat.
    * niño mimado = darling, spoilt brat.
    * niño pequeño = toddler, little child.
    * niño problemático = problem child.
    * niño prodigio = child prodigy.
    * niño que recibe la educación escolar en su casa = homeschooler [home schooler].
    * niños = children [child, -sing.].
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * niños, los = small fry, the.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * niño travieso = naughty boy.
    * obra de teatro para niños = children's play.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * piscina inflable para niños = paddling pool, wading pool.
    * piscina para niños = wading pool, paddling pool, wading pool.
    * problema con los niños de la llave = latchkey problem.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener un niño = have + a baby.
    * tráfico de niños = trafficking in children.
    * trata de niños = trafficking in children.
    * Virgen y el Niño = Madonna and Child.

    * * *
    niño1 -ña
    1 (joven) young
    es muy niña para casarse she's very young to be getting married
    2 (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    no seas tan niño don't be so childish!
    niño2 -ña
    masculine, feminine
    1 ( masculine) boy, child; ( feminine) girl, child; (bebé) baby
    ¿te gustan los niños? do you like children?
    de niño era muy tímido he was very shy as a child o when he was young o when he was little
    ¡niño! ¿qué forma de hablar es ésa? Michael! ( o Richard! etc) that's no way to talk!, that's no way to talk, young man o my boy!
    ¡niña! esas cosas no se dicen Sally! ( o Stephanie! etc) don't say things like that!, don't say things like that, you naughty girl!
    estar como un niño con zapatos nuevos to be like a child with a new toy
    2 (con respecto a los padres) ( masculine) son, child; ( feminine) daughter, child
    la niña de mi hermana tiene tres años my sister's daughter o child o little girl is three
    tengo que llevar a la niña al dentista I have to take Pilar ( o Ana etc) to the dentist, I have to take my daughter to the dentist
    está esperando un niño she's expecting a baby
    ¿y qué tuvo? ¿un niño o una niña? what did she have, a boy or a girl?
    3
    (adulto joven): tiene 60 años y se ha casado con una niña de 20 he's 60 and he's married a (young) girl of 20
    sale con un niño francés she's going out with a (young) French boy o ( colloq) guy
    4 ( AmL) (término de respeto) ( masculine) young master; ( feminine) young lady
    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?
    Compuestos:
    feminine: la niñoa bonita number fifteen
    niño bien, niña bien
    masculine, feminine rich kid ( colloq)
    niño bonito, niña bonita
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    niño de brazos, niña de brazos
    masculine, feminine babe-in-arms
    ( period); masculine whipping boy, scapegoat
    niño de pañales, niña de pañales
    masculine, feminine small o young baby
    niño de pecho, niña de pecho
    masculine, feminine small o young baby
    Niño Jesús or Dios
    masculine: el niño Jesús or Dios Baby Jesus
    niño mimado, niña mimada
    masculine, feminine favorite*, pet
    niño pera, niña pera
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    niño pijo, niña pija
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    niño probeta, niña probeta
    masculine, feminine test-tube baby
    niño prodigio, niña prodigio
    masculine, feminine child prodigy
    niño soldado, niña soldado
    masculine, feminine child soldier
    (de carne) beef olives (pl); (de repollo) stuffed cabbage leaves (pl)
    * * *

     

    niño
    ◊ -ña adjetivo ( joven) young;


    (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child;

    (f) girl, child;
    ( bebé) baby;
    ¿te gustan los niños? do you like children?;

    de niño as a child;
    niño bien rich kid (colloq);
    niño de pecho small o young baby;
    el niño mimado de la maestra the teacher's favorite( conjugate favorite) o pet;
    niño prodigio child prodigy

    (f) daughter, child;

    niño,-a
    I sustantivo masculino y femenino child: tiene dos niños y una niña, he has two sons and a daughter
    va a tener un niño, she's expecting a baby
    de niño, as a child
    II adjetivo (persona infantil) child
    ♦ Locuciones: la niña de tus ojos, the apple of one's eye
    ' niño' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aberración
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - ahijada
    - ahijado
    - asistencia
    - balbuceo
    - barrio
    - berrear
    - berrido
    - bicho
    - bien
    - bisnieta
    - bisnieto
    - bombón
    - bonita
    - bonito
    - botija
    - buena
    - bueno
    - caca
    - calor
    - cargar
    - cartera
    - clavada
    - clavado
    - condenada
    - condenado
    - conflictiva
    - conflictivo
    - crianza
    - criatura
    - daño
    - dejar
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - dormir
    - edad
    - educada
    - educado
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - escolar
    - existencia
    - extremar
    - fiebre
    - ir
    - gas
    - gorrina
    - gorrino
    English:
    any
    - astonishing
    - baby
    - baby buggy
    - baby carriage
    - batter
    - boggle
    - bonnet
    - boo-boo
    - bounce
    - boy
    - bring up
    - buggy
    - busily
    - child
    - child prodigy
    - clown around
    - congenital
    - console
    - cub scout
    - cute
    - disobedient
    - dyslexia
    - erratic
    - formative
    - foster
    - foster child
    - from
    - girl
    - growing
    - highchair
    - horror
    - indulge
    - indulgence
    - infant
    - it
    - jelly baby
    - keep in
    - kid
    - let off
    - little
    - mischief
    - mischievous
    - mommy
    - naughty
    - outcry
    - outwardly
    - overgrown
    - pat
    - play pen
    * * *
    niño, -a
    adj
    1. [pequeño, joven] young
    2. Pey [infantil, inmaduro] childish
    nm,f
    1. [crío] [varón] child, boy;
    [hembra] child, girl; [bebé] baby;
    los niños the children;
    ¿es niño o niña? is it a boy or a girl?;
    de niño era muy gordo he was very fat as a child;
    desde niño from childhood;
    estar como un niño con zapatos nuevos to be as pleased as punch;
    Fam
    ni qué niño muerto: es culpa de la crisis – ¡qué crisis ni qué niño muerto! it's the fault of the recession – don't give me that recession stuff!;
    ser el niño bonito de alguien to be sb's pet o blue-eyed boy
    Pey niño bien rich kid;
    niños envueltos [plato] beef olives;
    el niño Jesús the Baby Jesus;
    niño mimado spoilt child;
    niño de pecho tiny baby;
    niño probeta test-tube baby;
    niño prodigio child prodigy;
    niño de teta tiny baby
    2. [hijo] son;
    [hija] daughter;
    tuvo dos niñas con su primera mujer he had two daughters by his first wife
    3. [joven] young boy, f young girl
    RP niños cantores = children who sing the results of the state lottery
    4. Meteo
    el Niño el Niño;
    la Niña la Niña
    5. Am salvo RP [amo] master, f mistress;
    hay que planchar la ropa de la niña Ana Miss Anna's clothes need ironing
    6. Col niña del servicio maid, servant girl
    7. Cuba [como apelativo] dear;
    ¡niño!, ¿por dónde se va a la estación de tren? which way is it to the railway station, dear?
    LOS NIÑOS HÊROES
    When the United States invaded Mexico in the war of 1847, its troops laid seige to the military academy in Chapultepec castle, then on the outskirts of Mexico City. Despite an order to flee to their homes, the military cadets refused to leave, and six who died in the fighting are commemorated as the Niños Héroes. The youngest was aged just 13 and none was older than 20. Despite some doubts which have been raised about the more colourful aspects of the legend (e.g. wrapping themselves in the national flag and leaping to their deaths from the battlements), they remain among the most honoured figures in Mexico's pantheon of national heroes. When US president Harry Truman placed a wreath at their monument on a visit to Mexico in 1947, the gesture went down very well, so much so that President Clinton repeated it in 1997.
    * * *
    I adj young; desp
    childish;
    ¡no seas niño! don’t be childish!
    II m
    1 boy;
    como niño con zapatos nuevos like a child with a new toy
    2 forma de cortesía young man
    3
    :
    niños pl children
    * * *
    niño, -ña n
    : child, boy m, girl f
    * * *
    2. (bebé) baby [pl. babies]
    3. (chico) boy / little boy

    Spanish-English dictionary > niño

  • 10 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 11

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία >

  • 12 Umstand

    m
    1. (Tatsache) fact; (Einzelheit) detail; Umstände (Lage) circumstances, conditions, state of affairs; äußere Umstände external circumstances; mildernde Umstände JUR. mitigating circumstances; nähere Umstände (further) particulars; unter Umständen (möglicherweise) possibly, perhaps; (notfalls) if need be; unter allen Umständen whatever happens, förm. at all events; unter keinen Umständen under no circumstances, on no account ( oder condition); unter diesen Umständen under the circumstances, as matters stand; die Umstände lassen uns keine andere Wahl in the circumstances we have no other choice; es geht ihm den Umständen entsprechend ( gut) he’s as well as can be expected given the circumstances; in anderen Umständen euph., altm. in the family way
    2. meist Pl.: Umstände (unnötiger Aufwand) fuss; (Mühe) trouble; viel Umstände machen make a lot of fuss ( wegen about); so ein Umstand wegen... pej. what a lot of fuss over...; ( jemandem) viel Umstände machen cause (s.o.) a lot of trouble, be a lot of trouble (for s.o.); machen Sie ( sich) keine Umstände! don’t go to any trouble; wenn es Ihnen keine Umstände macht if it’s no trouble (to you); es macht mir überhaupt keine Umstände it’s no trouble at all; ohne viel Umstände without much fuss; nicht viel Umstände machen mit make short work of
    * * *
    der Umstand
    bother; circumstance; fact; conjuncture; particular
    * * *
    Ụm|stand
    m
    1) circumstance; (= Tatsache) fact

    ein unvorhergesehener Umstand — something unforeseen, unforeseen circumstances pl

    nähere/die näheren Umstände — further details

    in anderen Umständen sein — to be expecting, to be in the family way

    unter diesen/keinen/anderen Umständen — under these/no/any other circumstances

    See:
    2) pl (= Mühe, Schwierigkeiten) bother sing, trouble sing; (= Förmlichkeit) fuss sing

    ohne (große) Umstände — without (much) fuss, without a (great) fuss

    jdm Umstände machen or bereiten — to cause sb bother or trouble, to put sb out

    machen Sie bloß keine Umstände! — please don't go to any bother or trouble, please don't put yourself out

    * * *
    (a condition (time, place etc) connected with an event: In the circumstances, I don't see what else I could have done.) circumstance
    * * *
    Um·stand
    <-[e]s, -stände>
    m
    mildernde Umstände JUR mitigating circumstances
    den Umständen entsprechend [gut] [as good] as can be expected under the circumstances
    unter Umständen possibly, maybe, perhaps
    unter diesen Umständen hätte ich das nie unterschrieben I would never have signed this under these circumstances
    2. pl (Schwierigkeiten) bother, trouble
    [jdm] Umstände machen [o (geh) bereiten] to put [sb] out, to cause trouble [or bother] [or inconvenience] [for sb]
    [jdm] Umstände machen [o (geh) bereiten], etw zu tun to be a bother [to sb] to do sth
    nicht viele Umstände [mit jdm/etw] machen to not waste any time [with sb/sth], to make short work [of sb/sth]
    ohne [große] Umstände without any [great deal of] fuss [or bother]
    bitte keine Umstände! please don't put yourself out!, please don't go to any bother!
    wozu die Umstände? why are you making such a fuss?, what's this fuss all about?
    4.
    * * *
    1) (Gegebenheit) circumstance; (Tatsache) fact

    die näheren Umstände — the particular circumstances; (Einzelheiten) the details

    ein glücklicher Umstanda lucky or happy chance

    in anderen Umständen sein(ugs.) be expecting; be in the family way (coll.)

    2) (Aufwand) business; hassle (coll.)

    macht keine [großen] Umstände — please don't go to any bother or trouble

    * * *
    1. (Tatsache) fact; (Einzelheit) detail;
    Umstände (Lage) circumstances, conditions, state of affairs;
    äußere Umstände external circumstances;
    mildernde Umstände JUR mitigating circumstances;
    nähere Umstände (further) particulars;
    unter Umständen (möglicherweise) possibly, perhaps; (notfalls) if need be;
    unter allen Umständen whatever happens, form at all events;
    unter keinen Umständen under no circumstances, on no account ( oder condition);
    unter diesen Umständen under the circumstances, as matters stand;
    die Umstände uns keine andere Wahl in the circumstances we have no other choice;
    es geht ihm den Umständen entsprechend (gut) he’s as well as can be expected given the circumstances;
    in anderen Umständen euph, obs in the family way
    2. meist pl:
    viel Umstände machen make a lot of fuss (
    wegen about);
    so ein Umstand wegen … pej what a lot of fuss over …;
    (jemandem) viel Umstände machen cause (sb) a lot of trouble, be a lot of trouble (for sb);
    machen Sie (sich) keine Umstände! don’t go to any trouble;
    wenn es Ihnen keine Umstände macht if it’s no trouble (to you);
    es macht mir überhaupt keine Umstände it’s no trouble at all;
    ohne viel Umstände without much fuss;
    * * *
    1) (Gegebenheit) circumstance; (Tatsache) fact

    die näheren Umstände — the particular circumstances; (Einzelheiten) the details

    ein glücklicher Umstanda lucky or happy chance

    in anderen Umständen sein(ugs.) be expecting; be in the family way (coll.)

    2) (Aufwand) business; hassle (coll.)

    macht keine [großen] Umstände — please don't go to any bother or trouble

    * * *
    -¨e m.
    circumstance n.
    conjuncture n.
    fact n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Umstand

  • 13 bien

    adv.
    1 well (debidamente, adecuadamente).
    ¿cómo estás? — bien, gracias how are you? — fine, thanks
    hacer algo bien to do something well
    has hecho bien you did the right thing
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    habla inglés bien she speaks English well
    cierra bien la puerta shut the door properly
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you were right to tell me
    ¿vamos bien de gasolina? are we doing all right for petrol o (British) gas?, have we got plenty of (United States) petrol o (British) gas? (United States)
    2 very (muy, bastante).
    hoy me he levantado bien temprano I got up nice and early today
    quiero un vaso de agua bien fría I'd like a nice cold glass of water
    3 all right, OK (vale, de acuerdo).
    ¿nos vamos? — bien shall we go? — all right
    4 quite happily.
    ella bien que lo haría, pero no le dejan she'd be happy to do it, but they won't let her
    intj.
    1 all right, OK, it's OK, it's okay.
    2 well done.
    3 well then.
    4 good.
    m.
    el bien y el mal good and evil
    hacer el bien to do good (deeds)
    2 good (provecho).
    esto te hará bien this will do you good
    por el bien de for the sake of
    lo hice por tu bien I did it for your own good
    3 good (note).
    4 possession, good, article, asset.
    5 well-being, good, welfare.
    Buscamos su bien We seek his well-being.
    6 benefit, sake.
    Para su bien For his sake.
    * * *
    1 (gen) well
    trabaja bien her work is good, she does a good job
    todo eso está muy bien, pero... that's all very well, but...
    2 (como es debido) properly, right
    si no pronuncias bien, no te van a entender if you don't pronounce the words properly, they won't understand you
    ¡pórtate bien! behave yourself!
    3 (acertadamente) right, correctly
    4 (con éxito) successfully
    5 (de acuerdo) O.K., all right
    ven mañana a las dos, --bien come tomorrow at two, --all right
    6 (de buena gana) willingly, gladly
    7 (mucho) very
    8 (fácilmente) easily
    bien se ve que... it is easy to see that...
    9 (de gusto, olor, aspecto, etc) good, nice, lovely
    10 (de salud) well
    ¿te encuentras bien? are you feeling all right?
    11 (físicamente) good-looking
    1 (acomodado) well-off
    1 good
    2 (bienestar) benefit
    1 property sing, possessions
    conjunción bien... bien
    1 either... or
    se lo enviaremos bien por correo, bien por mensajero we'll send it to you either by post or by messenger
    \
    en bien de for the sake of
    estarle bien algo a alguien to serve somebody right
    hacer bien to do good
    bien que although
    tener a bien de hacer algo to be good enough to do something
    ¡ya está bien! that's enough!
    bien de consumo consumer item
    bienes de consumo consumer goods
    bien de equipo capital asset
    bienes de equipo capital goods, capital assets
    bienes inmuebles real estate sing
    bienes muebles movables, personal property sing
    gente bien familiar the upper classes plural
    * * *
    1. adj. 2. adv.
    1) well
    2) correctly, properly
    3. interj. 4. noun m. - bienes de consumo
    - bienes de equipo
    - bienes raíces
    * * *
    1. ADV
    1) (=satisfactoriamente) well

    hablas bien el español — you speak good Spanish, you speak Spanish well

    bien gracias, ¿y usted? — fine thanks, and you?

    ¡muy bien! — very good!; [aprobando un discurso] hear, hear!

    ¡qué bien! — great!, excellent!

    oler bien — to smell good

    saber bien — to taste good

    2) (=correctamente)

    ¿has puesto bien la rueda? — have you put the wheel on properly?

    si no cierras la tapa bien, se saldrá el líquido — if you don't screw the top on properly, the liquid will leak out

    ¡bien hecho! — well done!

    has contestado bien — you gave the right answer, you answered correctly

    hacer bien en, hiciste bien en decírselo — you were right to tell him, you did the right thing in telling him

    3)

    estar bien, ¿estás bien? — are you all right?, are you OK?

    ¡está bien!, lo haré — O.K. o all right, I'll do it!

    ¡pues sí que estamos bien! — this is a fine mess we're in!

    ese libro está muy bien — that book's very good, that's a very good book

    que esté(s) bien Col * bye *

    ¡eso no está bien! — [a un niño] that's not very nice!

    ¡ya está bien! — that's enough!

    estar bien de algo, estar bien de salud — to be well, be in good health

    4) (=de acuerdo)

    ¡bien! — all right!, O.K.!

    -¿quieres que vayamos al cine? -bien — "shall we go to the cinema?" - "O.K. o all right"

    5) (=muy)

    esperamos hasta bien entrada la noche — we waited until very late at night, we waited until well into the night

    6)

    bien de (=muchos)

    ¡te han dado bien de regalos! — you got a lot of presents!

    7) (=de buena gana)

    yo bien iría, pero... — I'd gladly go, but..., I'd be happy to go, but...

    8) (=fácilmente) easily

    bien se ve que... — it is easy to see that...

    ¡bien podía habérmelo dicho! — he could have told me!

    9) [locuciones]

    estar a bien con algn — to be on good terms with sb

    de bien en bien o mejor — better and better

    bien que mal — one way or another, by hook or by crook

    más bien — rather

    más bien bajo — on the short side, rather short

    más bien creo que... — I actually think...

    pues bien — well

    tener a bien hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    le ruego tenga a bien inscribirme en la lista — please be so kind as to include me on the list, I would be grateful if you would include me on the list

    bien es verdad que... — it is of course true that...

    ¿y bien? — well?

    2. CONJ
    1)

    si bien — although

    si bien es cierto que... — although it's true that...

    2)

    no bien, ni bien Cono Sur

    no bien llegó, empezó a llover — no sooner had he arrived than it started to rain, as soon as he arrived it started to rain

    3) [en alternancia]

    bien por avión, bien en tren — either by air or by train

    bien se levantó, bien se sentó — whether he stood up or sat down

    3.
    ADJ [persona] well-to-do; [restaurante, barrio] posh *
    4. SM
    1) (=bondad) good
    2) (=provecho) good

    el bien común o público — the common good

    3) [apelativo]

    mi bien — my dear, my darling

    4) pl bienes (=géneros) goods; (=propiedad) property sing, possessions; (=riqueza) riches, wealth sing

    bienes mueblespersonal property sing, goods and chattels

    bienes raícesreal estate sing, realty sing (EEUU)

    bienes relictosestate sing, inheritance sing

    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable
    1) [estar] ( sano) well

    no me siento or encuentro bien — I don't feel well

    2) [estar] (fam) ( refiriéndose al atractivo sexual) good-looking, attractive
    3) [estar] (cómodo, agradable)

    ¿vas bien ahí atrás? — are you all right in the back?

    4) ( agradable) <oler/saber>
    5) [estar]

    ¿está bien así, señorita? — is that all right, miss?

    podríamos ir mañana, si te parece bien — we could go tomorrow, if you like

    ¿lo has leído? está muy bien — have you read it? it's very good

    está bien! si no quieres hacerlo no lo hagasall right o okay, then! don't do it if you don't want to

    no funciona - pues qué bien! — (iró) it's not working - oh, great! (iro)

    6) [estar] (correcto, adecuado) right
    7)

    estar or andar bien de algo — to be all right for something

    ¿estamos bien de aceite? — are we all right for oil?

    b)

    ya está bien de jugar, ahora a dormir — you've been playing long enough, now go to bed

    8)
    a) (fam) ( de buena posición social) <familia/gente> well-to-do

    un barrio biena well-to-do o (BrE) posh area

    b) (RPl fam) <gente/persona> ( honrado) respectable, decent
    II
    1) ( de manera satisfactoria) <dormir/funcionar/cantar> well
    2) ( ventajosamente) well
    4)
    a) (a fondo, completamente) well, properly

    bien cocidowell o properly cooked

    ¿cerraste bien? — did you lock the door properly?

    bien sabes que... — you know perfectly well that...

    b) (con cuidado, atención) <escuchar/mirar> carefully
    5) ( correctamente) well

    bien hecho/dicho! — well done/said!

    a) ( muy) very

    ¿estás bien seguro? — are you positive?

    ser bien de adentro — (Per fam) to be a good sort

    b) ( fácilmente) easily

    bien pudo sucederit could well o easily have happened

    c) (en recriminaciones, protestas)
    d)

    bien que...: bien que llama cuando necesita dinero — he soon calls when he needs money

    más bien: es más bien delgada she's quite slim; no bien as soon as; si bien although; estar a bien con alguien to be on good terms with somebody; tener a bien hacer algo (frml): le rogamos tenga a bien abonar esta suma — we would ask you to pay this sum (frml)

    III

    bien, sigamos adelante — right then o fine, let's continue

    bien,... ¿dónde estábamos? — right,... where were we?

    pues bien, como te iba diciendo... — so, as I was telling you...

    b)

    bien! — ( expresando aprobación) well done!

    IV

    puede abonarse o bien al contado o bien en 12 cuotas mensuales — (frml) payment may be made either in cash or in twelve monthly installments

    V
    1) (Fil) good
    2)
    a) (beneficio, bienestar) good
    b)

    hacer bien — (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( en calificaciones escolares) grade of between 6 and 6.9 on a scale of 1-10
    4)
    a) ( posesión)
    b) bienes masculino plural (Fin) assets (pl)
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable
    1) [estar] ( sano) well

    no me siento or encuentro bien — I don't feel well

    2) [estar] (fam) ( refiriéndose al atractivo sexual) good-looking, attractive
    3) [estar] (cómodo, agradable)

    ¿vas bien ahí atrás? — are you all right in the back?

    4) ( agradable) <oler/saber>
    5) [estar]

    ¿está bien así, señorita? — is that all right, miss?

    podríamos ir mañana, si te parece bien — we could go tomorrow, if you like

    ¿lo has leído? está muy bien — have you read it? it's very good

    está bien! si no quieres hacerlo no lo hagasall right o okay, then! don't do it if you don't want to

    no funciona - pues qué bien! — (iró) it's not working - oh, great! (iro)

    6) [estar] (correcto, adecuado) right
    7)

    estar or andar bien de algo — to be all right for something

    ¿estamos bien de aceite? — are we all right for oil?

    b)

    ya está bien de jugar, ahora a dormir — you've been playing long enough, now go to bed

    8)
    a) (fam) ( de buena posición social) <familia/gente> well-to-do

    un barrio biena well-to-do o (BrE) posh area

    b) (RPl fam) <gente/persona> ( honrado) respectable, decent
    II
    1) ( de manera satisfactoria) <dormir/funcionar/cantar> well
    2) ( ventajosamente) well
    4)
    a) (a fondo, completamente) well, properly

    bien cocidowell o properly cooked

    ¿cerraste bien? — did you lock the door properly?

    bien sabes que... — you know perfectly well that...

    b) (con cuidado, atención) <escuchar/mirar> carefully
    5) ( correctamente) well

    bien hecho/dicho! — well done/said!

    a) ( muy) very

    ¿estás bien seguro? — are you positive?

    ser bien de adentro — (Per fam) to be a good sort

    b) ( fácilmente) easily

    bien pudo sucederit could well o easily have happened

    c) (en recriminaciones, protestas)
    d)

    bien que...: bien que llama cuando necesita dinero — he soon calls when he needs money

    más bien: es más bien delgada she's quite slim; no bien as soon as; si bien although; estar a bien con alguien to be on good terms with somebody; tener a bien hacer algo (frml): le rogamos tenga a bien abonar esta suma — we would ask you to pay this sum (frml)

    III

    bien, sigamos adelante — right then o fine, let's continue

    bien,... ¿dónde estábamos? — right,... where were we?

    pues bien, como te iba diciendo... — so, as I was telling you...

    b)

    bien! — ( expresando aprobación) well done!

    IV

    puede abonarse o bien al contado o bien en 12 cuotas mensuales — (frml) payment may be made either in cash or in twelve monthly installments

    V
    1) (Fil) good
    2)
    a) (beneficio, bienestar) good
    b)

    hacer bien — (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( en calificaciones escolares) grade of between 6 and 6.9 on a scale of 1-10
    4)
    a) ( posesión)
    b) bienes masculino plural (Fin) assets (pl)
    * * *
    bien1
    1 = fine [finer -comp., finest -sup.], neatly, tidy, jolly + Adjetivo/Adverbio, aright, alright [all right], all right [alright], good.

    Ex: The solution is fine when the qualifying term that the user seeks is present, and is used relatively consistently.

    Ex: This arrangement is ideal for well-defined subjects which coincide neatly with the interest of the library user.
    Ex: This was all very tidy, but who was to judge significance?.
    Ex: The public library people and some others have needs that have long been unmet, but jolly well ought to be as soon as possible.
    Ex: Another wise precaution at this preliminary stage is to make sure that he has heard aright.
    Ex: The article 'The kids are alright?' presents some of the findings of the questionnaire study which had as its focus the qualitative impact of public libraries on children's reading.
    Ex: So the system apparently works all right and no one is suggesting that it needs a major overhaul.
    Ex: It is imperative for young people to learn to be empathetic, both for their own good and for the good of society as a whole.
    * abrigarse bien = wrap up + warm.
    * acoger bien = welcome.
    * aguantarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * ahora bien = now.
    * bastante bien = good enough, rather well, fairly + Verbo.
    * bien aceptado = well-accepted.
    * bien acomodado = well-to-do, well-off.
    * bien administrado = well-managed.
    * bien afeitado = clean shaven.
    * bien andado = well trodden.
    * bien anunciado = well-advertised, well-announced.
    * bien arado = well-tilled.
    * bien argumentado = well-considered.
    * bien arreglado = well-groomed.
    * bien comprendido = well-understood.
    * bien común, el = common good, the, common wealth, the.
    * bien conectado = well-connected.
    * bien conocido = well-known, well-understood.
    * bien conseguido = well-rendered.
    * bien conservado = well-kept.
    * bien considerado = all things considered.
    * bien construido = well-built.
    * bien controlado = well-regulated.
    * bien cuidado = clean-cut, well-tended.
    * bien cultural = cultural product.
    * bien definido = well-defined, clearly defined, clearly-drawn, clean-cut, articulated, clear-cut.
    * bien demarcado = hard-edged.
    * bien de todos, el = common good, the.
    * bien dicho = amen to that!.
    * bien diferenciado = well differentiated.
    * bien dirigido = well-regulated.
    * bien documentado = well documented [well-documented].
    * bien dotado = well-equipped, well-endowed, well-resourced.
    * bien dotado de medios = well-resourced.
    * bien dotado de personal = well-staffed.
    * bien dotado de recursos = well-resourced.
    * bien educado = urbane.
    * bien encaminado = a step in the right direction.
    * bien ensayado = well-practised [well-practiced, -USA].
    * bien entrada la noche = late at night.
    * bien equilibrado = well balanced [well-balanced].
    * bien equipado = well-appointed, well-equipped, well-resourced.
    * bien equipado de medios = well-resourced.
    * bien equipado de recursos = well-resourced.
    * bien escrito = well-written.
    * bien estructurado = well thought out, well-structured [well structured].
    * bien expresado = well-articulated.
    * bien financiado = well-funded.
    * bien formado = shapely [shapelier -comp., shapeliest -sup.], articulated.
    * bien formalizado = well-formalised [well-formalized].
    * bien formulado = well-formulated.
    * bien fundado = well-justified, well-formulated.
    * bien fundamentado = well-founded.
    * bien gestionado = well-managed.
    * bien gobernado = well-regulated, well-governed.
    * bien hecho = well-made, well formed [well-formed], well-rendered, well done.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * bien iluminado = well-lit.
    * bien informado = well-informed, informed.
    * bienintencionado = well-intentioned, well meant, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * bien justificado = well-founded, well-formulated.
    * bien llevado = well-run.
    * bien merecido = well deserved, well deserved, well-earned.
    * bien mirado = all things considered.
    * bien... o... = either... or..., either... or....
    * bien ordenado = well-kept, well-ordered, in good order.
    * bien organizado = well-organised [well-organized], well-structured [well structured].
    * bien pagado = well-paid.
    * bien parecido = personable, good looking.
    * bien pensado = well thought out.
    * bien planeado = well-planned.
    * bien planificado = well-planned.
    * bien practicado = well-practised [well-practiced, -USA].
    * bien preparado = well-trained, well-prepared.
    * bien presentado = well-presented, well-rendered.
    * bien producido = well-produced, well-made.
    * bien proporcionado = shapely [shapelier -comp., shapeliest -sup.].
    * bien provisto = well-endowed.
    * bien provisto (de) = well-stocked (with).
    * bien público = public good, commonwealth.
    * bien recibido = welcome.
    * bien reconocido = well-recognised [well-recognized].
    * bien redondito = well-rounded.
    * bien remunerado = well-paid.
    * bien representado = well represented, well-rendered.
    * bien seleccionado = well-chosen, well-selected.
    * bien sincronizado = well-synchronised [well-synchronized, -USA].
    * bien surtido (de) = well-stocked (with).
    * bien testado = well-tested.
    * bien tratado = well represented.
    * bien uniformado = well-uniformed.
    * bien ventilado = airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.].
    * bien vestido = well-dressed, dapper.
    * bien visto = welcome.
    * caerse bien = hit it off.
    * cambiar Algo para bien = turn + Nombre + into a good thing.
    * cambiar para bien = change for + the better.
    * casar bien = fit in + well.
    * comenzar bien = get off to + a (good/great) start, make + a good start.
    * comprender bien = be clear in your mind.
    * comprenderse bien = be well understood.
    * conservarse bien = keep + well.
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * cuatro verdades bien dichas = home truth.
    * dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.
    * dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * desempeñar bien una función = perform + well.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.
    * estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.
    * estar bien de salud = be in good health.
    * estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.
    * funcionar bien = be in order.
    * gente bien = well-to-do, well-off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rant and rave.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, be right on track.
    * hacer sentir bien = make + Nombre + feel good.
    * hasta ahora, todo bien = so far, so good.
    * haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.
    * impuesto de bienes inmuebles (IBI) = property tax.
    * ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.
    * ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * llevarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * llevarse bien = get along, on good terms.
    * llevarse bien con Alguien = get on with + Pronombre Personal.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * mantener los ojos bien abiertos = keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * mantenerse bien = keep + well.
    * marchar bien = go + strong.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * masticar bien = chew up.
    * mirándolo bien = all things considered.
    * muy bien = nicely.
    * ¡muy bien! = the way to go!.
    * muy bien pagado = highly paid.
    * muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.
    * muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.
    * muy bien remunerado = highly paid.
    * no caer bien = not take + kindly to.
    * no estar bien equilibrado = skew.
    * no hay mal que por bien no venga = to every cloud, there is a silver lining.
    * no hay mal que por bien no venga = every cloud has a silver lining, be a blessing in disguise.
    * no importa lo bien = no matter how well.
    * no muy bien informado = not-too-well-informed.
    * no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.
    * no tomárselo bien = not take + kindly to.
    * pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * parecer bien = be all right with + Persona.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.
    * pues bien = well.
    * que bota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * que no ajusta bien = ill-fitting.
    * que no cierra bien = leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup], leaking.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que rebota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * recibir bien = welcome.
    * recibir bien una iniciativa = welcome + initiative.
    * salir bien = go + well.
    * salir bien al final = turn out + right in the end.
    * salir todo bien = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * seguir haciéndolo bien = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir trabajando bien = keep up + the good work.
    * sentar bien a Alguien = look + good on + Nombre.
    * sentirse bien = feel + good, wellness, feel + right, get + high.
    * sentirse bien con Uno mismo = feel + right.
    * ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser por el bien de Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * estar suficientemente bien + Participio Pasado = be sufficiently well + Participio Pasado.
    * ser suficientemente bien + Participio Pasado = be sufficiently well + Participio Pasado.
    * ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * si bien es cierto que = albeit (that).
    * sin bien se mira = all things considered.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * tomárselo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * usar Algo bien = put to + good use.
    * venir bien = be none the worse for (that), suit + best.
    * venir muy bien = fit + the bill.
    * ver bien = welcome.

    * * *
    A [ ESTAR] (sano) well
    mi padre no anda or no está bien my father's not very well
    no me siento or encuentro bien I don't feel well
    ¡tú no estás bien de la cabeza! you're not right in the head!
    estuvo enfermo pero ya está bien he was ill but he's all right now
    B [ ESTAR]
    (económicamente acomodado): los padres están muy bien her parents are well off
    no son ricos, pero están bien they're not rich but they're reasonably well off o they're comfortably off
    C [ ESTAR] ( fam) (refiriéndose al atractivo sexual) good-looking, attractive
    D [ ESTAR]
    (cómodo, agradable): estoy bien aquí I'm fine o all right here
    ¿vas bien allí atrás? are you all right in the back?
    se está bien a la sombra it's nice in the shade
    E (agradable) ‹oler/saber›
    ¡qué bien huele! it smells really good!
    ¡qué bien hueles! you smell nice!
    este café sabe muy bien this coffee tastes very good o nice
    F [ ESTAR]
    (satisfactorio): ¿está bien así, señorita? is that right o all right, miss?
    estás or quedaste or saliste muy bien en esta foto you look very nice o really good in this photograph
    ese cuadro no queda bien ahí that painting doesn't look right there
    podríamos ir mañana, si te parece bien we could go tomorrow, if you like
    la casa está muy bien the house is very nice
    ¿lo has leído? está muy bien have you read it? it's very good
    ¡está bien!, si no quieres hacerlo no lo hagas all right o okay, then! if you don't want to do it, don't
    ¡qué bien, mañana es fiesta! great! tomorrow's a holiday!
    la lavadora no funciona — ¡pues qué bien! ( iró); the washing machine's not working — oh, great! o well, that's great! ( iro)
    G [ ESTAR] (correcto, adecuado) right
    está bien que se premie la iniciativa it's right o good that initiative should be rewarded
    estuviste bien en negarle la entrada you did o were right to refuse to let him in
    H
    1 (indicando suficiencia) estar bien DE algo:
    ¿estamos bien de aceite? are we all right for oil?
    no ando bien de tiempo I'm a bit short of time, I don't have much time
    2
    ya está bien that's enough
    ya está bien de jugar, ahora a dormir you've been playing long enough, now go to bed
    I
    1 ( fam) (de buena posición social) ‹familia/gente› well-to-do
    viven en un barrio bien they live in a well-to-do o ( BrE) posh area
    niño2 (↑ niño (2))
    2 ( RPl fam) ‹gente/persona› (honrado) respectable, decent
    A (de manera satisfactoria) ‹dormir/funcionar/cantar› well
    se come de bien allí … the food is so good there!
    ¿cómo te va? — bien, ¿y a ti? how are things? — fine, how about you?
    no le fue bien en Alemania things didn't work out for her in Germany
    quien bien te quiere te hará llorar you have to be cruel to be kind
    el local está muy bien ubicado the premises are very well situated
    vendió el coche muy bien she sold the car well o for a good price
    C
    (favorablemente): me habló muy bien de ti he spoke very highly of you
    yo prefiero pensar bien de la gente I prefer to think well of people
    D
    1 (a fondo, completamente) well, properly
    ¿cerraste bien? did you make sure the door was locked (properly)?
    el cerdo debe comerse bien cocido pork should be well cooked o properly cooked before being eaten
    bien sabes que … you know perfectly well o very well that …
    2 (con cuidado, atención) carefully
    escucha bien lo que te voy a decir listen carefully to what I'm going to say
    pórtate bien behave yourself
    hiciste bien en decírselo you did the right thing to tell him
    ¡bien dice tu padre que eres un terco! your father's dead right when he says you're stubborn
    ¡bien hecho/dicho! well done/said!
    1 (muy) very
    canta bien mal he sings really o very badly
    llegó bien entrada la noche she arrived very late at night
    ¿estás bien seguro? are you positive o certain?, are you absolutely sure?
    bien por debajo de lo normal well below average
    ponte bien adelante sit close to the front, sit well forward
    2 (fácilmente) easily
    vale bien dos millones it's worth two million easily
    yo no me acuerdo pero bien pudo ser I don't remember but it could well o easily have been
    3
    (en recriminaciones, protestas): bien podías haberlo ayudado you could o might have helped him!
    4
    bien que …: pero bien que llama cuando necesita dinero he's quick enough to call when he needs money, though
    ¿por qué no le compras algo?, a ti bien que te gusta que te hagan regalos why don't you buy her something? you like it when people give you presents
    G ( en locs):
    más bien: una chica más bien delgada a rather thin girl
    no me cae biendi más bien que no lo puedes ver I don't like him — what you mean is you can't stand the sight of him
    ¿vas a ir? — ¡más bien! ( Arg fam); are you going to go? — you bet! ( colloq)
    no bien or ( RPl) ni bien. as soon as
    no bien llegó, le dieron la noticia no sooner had he arrived than they told him the news, as soon as he arrived they told him the news
    si bien although
    estar a bien con algn to be on good terms with sb
    le ruego tenga a bien considerar mi solicitud I would be grateful if you would consider my application
    Compuesto:
    bien nacido, bien nacida
    masculine, feminine nice person ver tb bienintencionado, bien parecido, etc
    1
    (como enlace): bien, sigamos adelante right then o fine, let's continue
    bien, … ¿dónde estábamos? now o right, … where were we?
    y bien ¿estás dispuesto a hacerlo o no? so, are you prepared to do it or not?
    pues bien, como te iba diciendo … so, as I was telling you …
    2
    ¡bien! (expresando aprobación) well done!
    ¡bien, muchachos! well done, boys!
    no habrá clases hoy — ¡bieeeen! there won't be any lessons today — yippee o hurrah!
    puede abonarse (o) bien al contado (o) bien en 12 cuotas mensuales ( frml); payment may be made (either) in cash or in twelve monthly installments
    o bien te disculpas o te quedas castigado either you say you're sorry or I'll keep you in
    A ( Fil) good
    el bien y el mal good and evil
    haz bien y no mires a quién do good to all alike
    un hombre de bien a good man
    B
    1 (beneficio, bienestar) good
    es por tu bien it's for your own good
    trabajar por el bien de todos to work for the good of all
    que sea para bien I hope things go well for you/him/them
    acepté, no sé si para bien o para mal I accepted, though I'm not sure if it was a good move or not
    2
    hacer bien (+ me/te/le etc): la sopa te hará bien the soup will do you good
    sus palabras me hicieron mucho bien what he said helped me a lot o did me a lot of good
    C ( apelativo) dear, darling
    ¡mi bien! or ¡bien mío! ( ant o hum); my dear o darling
    D (en calificaciones escolares) grade of between 6 and 6.9 on a scale of 1-10
    E
    (posesión): el único bien valioso the only item of value
    la orden afecta a todos sus bienes the order applies to all his assets o possessions o goods
    Compuestos:
    common asset
    bienes comunales common property
    consumer article o item
    bienes de consumo consumer goods
    capital item o asset
    bienes de equipo capital goods o assets
    mpl livestock ( sing or pl)
    bienes gananciales joint property, community property ( AmE)
    immovable item o asset
    item of unclaimed property
    movable item
    bienes muebles movables, personal property, goods and chattels
    immovable item o asset
    bienes raíces real estate, realty ( AmE), property ( BrE)
    ownerless piece of land ( o asset etc)
    * * *

     

    bien 1 adjetivo invariable
    1 [estar] (de salud, en general) well;
    sentirse or encontrarse bien to feel well;
    ¿cómo estás? — muy bien, gracias how are you? — (I'm) very well, thank you;

    ¡qué bien estás! you look really well!;
    ¡tú no estás bien de la cabeza! you are not right in the head
    2 [estar]
    a) (cómodo, agradable):

    ¿vas bien ahí atrás? are you all right in the back?;

    se está bien a la sombra it's nice in the shade;
    la casa está muy bien the house is very nice
    b) [estar] (correcto, adecuado) right;

    la fecha/el reloj está bien the date/the clock is right;

    ¿está bien así? is this all right?;
    si te parece bien if that's all right with you;
    el cuadro no queda bien ahí the picture doesn't look right there
    c) ( suficiente): estar or andar bien de algo to be all right for sth;

    ¿estamos bien de aceite? are we all right for oil?;

    ya está bien that's enough
    3 [estar]

    ¿lo has leído? está muy bien have you read it? it's very good


    4 (fam)
    a) ( de buena posición social) ‹familia/gente well-to-do

    b) barrio well-to-do, posh (BrE)

    bien 2 adverbio
    1
    a) ( de manera satisfactoria) ‹dormir/funcionar/cantar well;



    habla muy bien inglés she speaks English very well o very good English;

    ¡bien hecho/dicho! well done/said!;
    pórtate bien behave yourself;
    hiciste bien en decírselo you were right to tell him;
    siéntate bien sit properly
    c) ( de manera agradable) ‹oler/saber good

    2
    a) (a fondo, completamente) well, properly;

    bien cocido well o properly cooked;

    ¿cerraste bien? did you lock the door properly?;
    bien sabes que … you know perfectly well that …
    b) (con cuidado, atención) ‹escuchar/mirar carefully

    3


    bien entrada la noche very late at night;
    ¿estás bien seguro? are you positive?
    b) ( en locs)


    no bien as soon as;
    si bien although
    ■ interjección:
    ¡(muy) bien! well done!, (very) good!;

    ¡qué bien! great!
    ■ conjunción: bien … o … either … or …;
    se puede subir bien a pie o a caballo you can go up either on foot or on horseback
    bien 3 sustantivo masculino
    1 (Fil) good;

    hacer el bien to do good deeds;
    un hombre de bien a good man
    2
    a) (beneficio, bienestar) good;

    es por mi/tu bien it's for my/your own good

    b)

    hacer bien (+ me/te/le etc): esto te hará bien this will do you good

    3 ( en calificaciones escolares) grade of between 6 and 6.9 on a scale of 1-10
    4
    bienes

    a) sustantivo masculino plural (Com) goods;


    b) (Der) property;


    bienes inmuebles or raíces real estate (AmE), property (BrE);
    bienes muebles personal property, goods and chattels;
    bienes públicos public property
    bien
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (justicia, bondad) good
    no sabe diferenciar entre el bien y el mal, he can't tell the diference between good and evil
    una persona de bien, a good person
    2 (provecho, ventaja) lo hago por tu bien, I do it for your sake
    en bien de la comunidad, for the good of community
    3 (propiedad) property: no tiene ningún bien con el que avalar el crédito, he has no property or goods to guarantee his credit
    bienes, goods
    bienes de consumo, consumer goods pl; bienes gananciales, communal property
    bienes inmuebles/raíces, real estate
    II adverbio
    1 (correctamente) well: hiciste bien en protestar, you were right to protest
    toca bien el piano, she plays piano well
    2 (sano) well, fine
    sentirse/encontrarse bien, to feel well
    3 (satisfactoriamente) este vestido te sienta bien, this dress suits you
    oler bien, to smell nice
    vivir bien, to be comfortably off
    4 (antepuesto a un adjetivo: muy) very, quite
    una cerveza bien fría, a nice cold beer
    bien pronto, very early, very soon
    (de buena gana) willingly, gladly: bien me iría ahora al cine, I'd love to go to the movies now
    III conj ahora bien, now, now then
    bien... o bien..., either... or...
    bien que mal, one way or another
    más bien, rather, a little
    no bien, as soon as: no bien llegó..., no sooner had she arrived than...
    pues bien, well then
    o bien, or, or else
    si bien, although, even though...: si bien es cierto que..., although it's quite clear that...
    IV exclamación ¡bien!, good!, great!
    ¡está bien!, (¡de acuerdo!) fine!, all right
    ¡muy bien!, excellent, first class!
    ¡qué bien!, great!, fantastic
    (desaprobación) ¡pues qué bien!, that's all I needed!
    ¡ya está bien!, that's (quite) enough!
    V adj inv un barrio bien, a well-to-do neighbourhood
    un niño bien, a rich kid
    En general se traduce por well. Sin embargo, cuando hablamos de personas decimos fine al referirnos a su salud: ¿Qué tal estás? - Muy bien, gracias. How are you? - Fine, thanks. Para describir un objeto puedes usar good: Ese libro está muy bien. That book is very good.
    ' bien' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - acabar
    - acero
    - agarrar
    - ahora
    - alternar
    - amarrar
    - andar
    - antes
    - atrancar
    - avenida
    - avenido
    - avenirse
    - bailar
    - barbaridad
    - base
    - bastante
    - cabeza
    - caer
    - casar
    - cerrarse
    - columpiarse
    - cómo
    - comprobar
    - comunicada
    - comunicado
    - comunitaria
    - comunitario
    - coña
    - concesión
    - considerada
    - considerado
    - consuelo
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - convenir
    - cumplir
    - dar
    - darse
    - decirse
    - declarar
    - defenderse
    - deteriorarse
    - diáfana
    - diáfano
    - dinero
    - discreta
    - discreto
    - disfrutar
    - disputarse
    English:
    absence
    - acquit
    - agree
    - airy
    - all right
    - along
    - alternatively
    - antisocial
    - appreciate
    - aptly
    - articulate
    - at
    - aware
    - balance
    - ball
    - begin
    - behave
    - beneath
    - best
    - better
    - bookmobile
    - boom
    - border
    - bouncy
    - by
    - card
    - charity
    - cheap
    - clean-shaven
    - clockwork
    - closely
    - cloud
    - come in
    - come off
    - come out
    - conform
    - congenial
    - convenient
    - cosy
    - cozy
    - deserve
    - do
    - done
    - effective
    - either
    - enjoy
    - enunciate
    - equipped
    - familiar
    - far
    * * *
    adj inv
    [respetable]
    una familia bien a good family;
    un barrio bien a good area;
    Pey a posh area;
    un restaurante bien a posh restaurant;
    Pey
    niño bien rich kid;
    gente bien well-to-do people
    nm
    1. [concepto abstracto] good;
    el bien y el mal good and evil;
    se cree que está por encima del bien y del mal she thinks ordinary moral laws don't apply to her;
    hacer el bien to do good (deeds);
    un hombre de bien a good man
    2. [provecho] good;
    los padres desean el bien de los hijos parents desire the best for their children;
    esto te hará bien this will do you good;
    si se marcha, nos hará un bien a todos if she leaves, she'll be doing us all a favour;
    espero que el cambio sea para bien I hope the change is for the best, I hope the change works out well;
    por el bien de for the sake of;
    lo hice por tu bien I did it for your own good;
    han trabajado muy duro por el bien de todos they have worked very hard for the good of everyone
    3. [nota] = mark between 6 and 6.9 out of 10, ≈ pass, ≈ C
    bienes nmpl
    1. [patrimonio] property
    bienes de capital capital assets;
    bienes comunales common property;
    bienes fungibles perishables;
    bienes gananciales shared possessions;
    bienes inmateriales intangible assets;
    bienes inmuebles real estate, US real property;
    bienes muebles personal property;
    bienes públicos public property;
    bienes raíces real estate, landed property
    2. [productos] goods
    bienes de consumo consumer goods;
    bienes de consumo duraderos consumer durables, US hard goods;
    bienes de equipo capital goods;
    bienes de producción industrial goods;
    bienes terrenales worldly goods
    adv
    1. [debidamente, adecuadamente] well;
    ¿cómo estás? – bien, gracias how are you? – fine, thanks;
    habla inglés bien she speaks English well;
    ¡agárrate bien! hold on tight!;
    cierra bien la puerta shut the door properly;
    conoce bien el tema she knows a lot about the subject, she knows the subject well;
    ¿vamos bien de gasolina? are we doing all right for Br petrol o US gas?, have we got plenty of Br petrol o US gas?;
    bien mirado [bien pensado] if you look at it closely;
    [bien visto] well-regarded;
    bien pensado on reflection;
    contestar bien [correctamente] to answer correctly;
    [cortésmente] to answer politely;
    escucha bien,… listen carefully,…;
    estar bien relacionado to have good connections;
    le está bien empleado he deserves it, it serves him right;
    hacer algo bien to do sth well;
    has hecho bien you did the right thing;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you were right to tell me;
    pórtate bien be good, behave yourself;
    salir bien librado to get off lightly;
    todo salió bien everything turned out well;
    vivir bien [económicamente] to be well-off;
    [en armonía] to be happy
    2. [expresa opinión favorable] well;
    ¡muy bien! very good!, excellent!;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    me cayó muy bien I liked her a lot;
    me han hablado bien de él they have spoken well of him to me;
    en Portugal se come muy bien the food is very good in Portugal;
    estar bien [de aspecto] to be nice;
    [de salud] to be o feel well; [de calidad] to be good; [de comodidad] to be comfortable;
    ¡está bien! [bueno, vale] all right then!;
    [es suficiente] that's enough!;
    este traje te está bien this suit looks good on you;
    la tienda está bien situada the shop is well situated;
    está bien que te vayas, pero antes despídete it's all right for you to go, but say goodbye first;
    tal comportamiento no está bien visto such behaviour is frowned upon;
    encontrarse bien [de salud] to feel well;
    no se encuentra nada bien she doesn't feel at all well;
    oler/saber bien to smell/taste nice o good;
    ¡qué bien huele en esta cocina! it smells nice o good in this kitchen!;
    opinar bien de alguien to think highly of sb;
    no acaba de parecerme bien I don't really think it's a very good idea;
    no me parece bien que no la saludes I think it's wrong of you not to say hello to her;
    ¿te parece bien así? is it O.K. like this?, is this all right?;
    pasarlo bien to have a good time;
    ¡qué bien, mañana no trabajo! great, I don't have to go to work tomorrow!;
    Irónico
    ¡qué bien, ahora dice que no me puede pagar! isn't that just great, now she says she can't pay me!;
    salir bien to turn out well;
    ¡qué bien sales en la foto! you look great in the photo!;
    sentar bien a alguien [ropa] to suit sb;
    [comida] to agree with sb; [comentario] to please sb;
    el rojo no te sienta nada bien red doesn't suit you at all;
    come tan rápido que no le puede sentar bien she eats so quickly she's bound to get indigestion;
    algunos consideran que una copita de vino sienta bien some people think a glass of wine is good for you;
    no le sentó nada bien que lo criticaras en público he didn't like you criticizing him in public at all, he was none too impressed by you criticizing him in public;
    tu ayuda va a venir muy bien your help will be very welcome;
    no me viene nada bien salir esta tarde it's not very convenient for me o it doesn't really suit me to go out this afternoon;
    bien está lo que bien acaba all's well that ends well
    3. [muy]
    quiero el filete bien hecho I want my steak well done;
    bien abierto wide open;
    4. [uso enfático] pretty;
    un regalo bien caro a pretty expensive present;
    vamos a llegar bien tarde we're going to be pretty late;
    estoy bien cansado I'm pretty tired;
    hoy me he levantado bien temprano I got up nice and early today;
    quiero un vaso de agua bien fría I'd like a nice cold glass of water
    5. [vale, de acuerdo] all right, O.K.;
    ¿nos vamos? – bien shall we go? – all right
    6. [de buena gana, fácilmente] quite happily;
    ella bien que lo haría, pero no le dejan she'd be happy to do it o she'd quite happily do it, but they won't let her
    7. [expresa protesta]
    ¡bien podrías haberme avisado! you could at least have told me!;
    ¡bien podrías pagar tú esta vez! it would be nice if you paid for once o for a change!
    8. [en frases]
    bien es verdad que… it's certainly true that…;
    ¡bien por…! three cheers for…!;
    ¡ya está bien! that's enough!;
    ¡ya está bien de hacer el vago! that's enough lazing around!;
    estar a bien con alguien to be on good terms with sb;
    ¡pues (sí que) estamos bien! that's all we needed!;
    tener a bien hacer algo to be good enough to do sth;
    le rogamos tenga a bien pasarse por nuestras oficinas we would ask you to (be good enough to) come to our offices
    conj
    bien… bien either… or;
    puedes venir bien por avión, bien por barco you can come by plane or by boat;
    dáselo bien a mi hermano, bien a mi padre give it to either my brother or my father
    interj
    1. [aprobación] good!, great!;
    [fastidio] oh, great!;
    hoy saldréis al recreo media hora antes – ¡bien! break time will be half an hour earlier today – great!;
    se acaba de estropear la televisión – ¡bien, lo que nos faltaba! the television has just broken down – oh great, that's all we needed!
    2. [enlazando]
    y bien, ¿qué te ha parecido? well o so, what did you think of it?;
    y bien, ¿a qué estás esperando? well, what are you waiting for?
    más bien loc conj
    rather;
    no estoy contento, más bien estupefacto I'm not so much happy as stunned;
    más bien creo que no vendrá I rather suspect she won't come, I think it unlikely that she'll come
    no bien, RP ni bien loc conj
    no sooner, as soon as;
    no bien me había marchado cuando empezaron a… no sooner had I gone than they started…
    si bien loc conj
    although, even though
    * * *
    I m good;
    por tu bien for your own good;
    bienes pl goods, property sg ;
    hombre de bien good man;
    II adj
    :
    ¡está bien! it’s OK!, it’s alright!;
    estoy bien I’m fine, I’m OK;
    ¿estás bien aquí? are you comfortable here?;
    la gente bien well-to-do people
    III adv
    1 well; ( muy) very;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    bien está lo que bien acaba all’s well that ends well
    2 ( correctamente) well, properly
    :
    más bien rather;
    tener a bien hacer algo see fit to do sth;
    hicieron bien en reservar los billetes con tanta antelación they did the right thing booking the tickets so far ahead;
    haces bien en llevarte el paraguas it’s a good idea to take your umbrella;
    estar (a) bien con alguien be on good terms with s.o.
    IV conj
    :
    o bien … o … either … or …;
    si bien, bien que although;
    no bien as soon as
    V int
    :
    ¡ya está bien! that’s it!, that’s enough!;
    pues bien well
    * * *
    bien adv
    1) : well
    ¿dormiste bien?: did you sleep well?
    2) correctamente: correctly, properly, right
    hay que hacerlo bien: it must be done correctly
    3) : very, quite
    el libro era bien divertido: the book was very amusing
    4) : easily
    bien puede acabarlo en un día: he can easily finish it in a day
    5) : willingly, readily
    bien lo aceptaré: I'll gladly accept it
    6)
    bien que : although
    7)
    más bien : rather
    bien adj
    1) : well, OK, all right
    ¿te sientes bien?: are you feeling all right?
    2) : pleasant, agreeable
    las flores huelen bien: the flowers smell very nice
    3) : satisfactory
    4) : correct, right
    bien nm
    1) : good
    el bien y el mal: good and evil
    2) bienes nmpl
    : property, goods, possessions
    * * *
    bien1 adj (acomodado) well off / rich
    bien2 adv
    1. (en general) well
    el examen le fue bien the exam went well / he did well in the exam
    2. (de salud) well / fine
    ayer me dolía el estómago, pero ya estoy bien I had a stomachache yesterday, but I'm fine now
    estoy muy bien, gracias I'm very well, thank you
    ¿estás bien? are you all right?
    3. (de gusto, olor, aspecto) nice / good [comp. better; superl. best]
    ¡qué bien huele! what a nice smell! / it smells really good!
    4. (de manera correcta) properly / correctly / right
    5. (para intensificar) very / quite
    bien caliente nice and hot / very hot
    6. (de acuerdo) all right / OK
    ¿vienes? Bien are you coming? OK
    bien3 conj either... or
    se puede ir bien en tren, bien en autocar you can either go by train or by coach
    bien4 n
    1. (lo bueno) good
    2. (beneficio) good
    3. (nota académica) good / C

    Spanish-English dictionary > bien

  • 14 लोक


    loká
    m. (connected with roka;

    in the oldest texts loka is generally preceded by u, which accord. toᅠ the Padap. = the particle 3. u;
    but u may be a prefixed vowel andᅠ uloká, a collateral dialectic form of loka;
    accord. toᅠ others u-loka is abridged from uru- orᅠ ava-loka), free orᅠ open space, room, place, scope, free motion RV. AV. Br. ĀṠvṠr. (acc. with kṛi orᅠ orᅠ anu- , to make room grant freedom;
    loke with gen. « instead of»);
    intermediate space Kauṡ. ;
    a tract, region, district, country, province ṠBr. ;
    the wide space orᅠ world (either « the universe» orᅠ « any division of it», esp. « the sky orᅠ heaven» ;
    3 Lokas are commonly enumerated, viz. heaven, earth, andᅠ the atmosphere orᅠ lower regions;
    sometimes only the first two;
    but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz.
    Bhū-loka, the earth;
    Bhuvar-loka, the space between the earth andᅠ sun inhabited by Munis, Siddhas etc.;
    Svar-loka, Indra's heaven above the sun orᅠ between it andᅠ the polar star;
    Mahar-loka, a region above the polar star andᅠ inhabited by Bhṛigo andᅠ other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower worlds;
    Janar-loka, inhabited by Brahmā. 's son Sanat-kumāra etc.;
    Tapar-loka, inhñinhabited by deified Vairāgins;
    Satya-loka orᅠ Brahma-loka, abode of Brahmā., translation to which exempts from rebirth;
    elsewhere these 7 worlds are described as earth, sky, heaven, middle region, place of re-births, mansion of the blest, andᅠ abode of truth;
    sometimes 14 worlds are mentioned, viz. the 7 above, andᅠ 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below the earth- A.-tala, Vi-tala, Su-tala, Rasātala, Talātala, Mahā-tala, andᅠ Pātāla;
    cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1; 435, 1) AV. etc. etc.;
    N. of the number « seven» (cf. above) VarBṛS. Sch. ;
    the earth orᅠ world of human beings etc. Mn. MBh. etc. ( ayáṉlokáḥ, this world;
    asaú orᅠ párolokáḥ, that orᅠ the other world;
    loke orᅠ iha loke, « here on earth», opp. to para-tra, para-loke etc.;
    kṛitsne loke, « on the whole earth»);
    ( alsoᅠ pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind, folk, people (sometimes opp. to « king») Mn. MBh. etc.;
    (pl.) men (as opp. to « women») Vet. Hit. ;
    a company, community (of ten ifc. to form collectives) Kāv. Vas. Kathās. etc.;
    ordinary life, worldly affairs, common practice orᅠ usage GṛS. Nir. Mn. etc.
    ( loke either « in ordinary life», « in worldly matters» ;
    orᅠ « in common language, in popular speech», as opp. to vede, chandasi);
    the faculty of seeing, sight (only in cákshur-l- q.v.);
    lokānāṉsāmanī du. andᅠ lokānāṉvratāni pl. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr. ;
    + cf. Lat. lūsus, originally, a clearing of a forest;
    Lith. laúkas, a field
    - लोककण्टक
    - लोककथा
    - लोककर्तृ
    - लोककल्प
    - लोककान्त
    - लोककाम
    - लोककाम्या
    - लोककार
    - लोककारणकरण
    - लोककृत्
    - लोककृत्नु
    - लोकक्षित्
    - लोकगति
    - लोकगाथा
    - लोकगुरु
    - लोकचाक्षुस्
    - लोकचर
    - लोकचारित्र
    - लोकचारिन्
    - लोकजननी
    - लोकजित्
    - लोकज्ञ
    - लोकज्येष्ठ
    - लोकतत्त्व
    - लोकतन्त्र
    - लोकतस्
    - लोकता
    - लोकतुषार
    - लोकत्रय
    - लोकदम्भक
    - लोकदूषण
    - लोकद्वय
    - लोकद्वार
    - लोकधर्म
    - लोकधातु
    - लोकधातृ
    - लोकधारिणी
    - लोकनाथ
    - लोकनायक
    - लोकनिन्दित
    - लोकनेतृ
    - लोकन्यायामृत
    - लोकप
    - लोकपक्ति
    - लोकपङ्क्ति
    - लोकपति
    - लोकपथ
    - लोकपद्धति
    - लोकपरोक्ष
    - लोकपार्य
    - लोकपाल
    - लोकपालक
    - लोकपालिनी
    - लोकपितामह
    - लोकपुण्य
    - लोकपुरुष
    - लोकपूजित
    - लोकप्रकाश
    - लोकप्रकाशक
    - लोकप्रकाशन
    - लोकप्रत्यय
    - लोकप्रदीप
    - लोकप्रवाद
    - लोकप्रवाहिन्
    - लोकप्रसिद्ध
    - लोकप्रसिद्धि
    - लोकबन्धु
    - लोकबान्धव
    - लोकबाह्य
    - लोकबिन्दुसार
    - लोकभर्तृ
    - लोकभाज्
    - लोकभावन
    - लोकभाविन्
    - लोकभास्कर
    - लोकमनोरमा
    - लोकमय
    - लोकमर्यादा
    - लोकमहादेवी
    - लोकमहेश्वर
    - लोकमातृ
    - लोकमातृका
    - लोकमार्ग
    - लोकम्पृण
    - लोकयात्रा
    - लोकयात्रिक
    - लोकरक्ष
    - लोकरञ्जन
    - लोकरव
    - लोकलेख
    - लोकलोचन
    - लोकवचन
    - लोकवत्
    - लोकवर्तन
    - लोकवाद
    - लोकवाधिन्
    - लोकवार्त्ता
    - लोकविक्रुष्ट
    - लोकविज्ञात
    - लोकविद्
    - लोकविद्विष्ट
    - लोकविधि
    - लोकविनायक
    - लोकविन्दु
    - लोकविरुद्ध
    - लोकविरोध
    - लोकविश्रुत
    - लोकविश्रुति
    - लोकविसर्ग
    - लोकविसर्गिक
    - लोकविसर्गिन्
    - लोकविस्तार
    - लोकवीर
    - लोकवृत्त
    - लोकवृत्तान्त
    - लोकव्यवहार
    - लोकव्रत
    - लोकशब्द
    - लोकश्रुति
    - लोकश्रेष्ठ
    - लोकसंवृत्ति
    - लोकसंव्यवहार
    - लोकसंसृति
    - लोकसंस्कृत
    - लोकसंकर
    - लोकसंक्षय
    - लोकसंग्रह
    - लोकसंग्राहिन्
    - लोकसनि
    - लोकसम्पन्न
    - लोकसाक्षिक
    - लोकसाक्षिन्
    - लोकसागर
    - लोकसात्
    - लोकसाधक
    - लोकसाधारण
    - लोकसामन्
    - लोकसारङ्ग
    - लोकसिद्ध
    - लोकसीमातिवर्तिन्
    - लोकसुन्दर
    - लोकस्थल
    - लोकस्थिति
    - लोकस्पृत्
    - लोकस्मृत्
    - लोकहास्य
    - लोकहित

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लोक

  • 15 interest

    1. noun
    1) Interesse, das; Anliegen, das

    take or have an interest in somebody/something — sich für jemanden/etwas interessieren

    [just] for or out of interest — [nur] interessehalber

    with interestinteressiert ( see also academic.ru/9982/c">c)

    lose interest in somebody/something — das Interesse an jemandem/etwas verlieren

    interest in life/food — Lust am Leben/Essen

    be of interestinteressant od. von Interesse sein (to für)

    act in one's own/somebody's interest[s] — im eigenen/in jemandes Interesse handeln

    in the interest[s] of humanity — zum Wohle der Menschheit

    2) (thing in which one is concerned) Angelegenheit, die; Belange Pl.
    3) (Finance) Zinsen Pl.

    at interestgegen od. auf Zinsen

    with interest(fig.): (with increased force etc.) überreichlich; doppelt und dreifach (ugs.) (see also a)

    4) (financial stake) Beteiligung, die; Anteil, der

    declare an interestseine Interessen darlegen

    5) (legal concern) [Rechts]anspruch, der
    2. transitive verb

    be interested in somebody/something — sich für jemanden/etwas interessieren

    somebody is interested by somebody/something — jemand/etwas erregt jemandes Interesse; see also interested

    * * *
    ['intrəst, ]( American[) 'intərist] 1. noun
    1) (curiosity; attention: That newspaper story is bound to arouse interest.) das Interesse
    2) (a matter, activity etc that is of special concern to one: Gardening is one of my main interests.) das Interesse
    3) (money paid in return for borrowing a usually large sum of money: The (rate of) interest on this loan is eight per cent; ( also adjective) the interest rate.) die Zinsen (pl.); Zins-...
    4) ((a share in the ownership of) a business firm etc: He bought an interest in the night-club.) der Anteil
    5) (a group of connected businesses which act together to their own advantage: I suspect that the scheme will be opposed by the banking interest (= all the banks acting together).) Kreise(pl.)
    2. verb
    1) (to arouse the curiosity and attention of; to be of importance or concern to: Political arguments don't interest me at all.) interessieren
    2) ((with in) to persuade to do, buy etc: Can I interest you in (buying) this dictionary?) gewinnen
    - interested
    - interesting
    - interestingly
    - in one's own interest
    - in one's interest
    - in the interests of
    - in the interest of
    - lose interest
    - take an interest
    * * *
    in·ter·est
    [ˈɪntrəst, AM -trɪst]
    I. n
    1. (concern, curiosity) Interesse nt; (hobby) Hobby nt
    she looked about her with \interest sie sah sich interessiert um
    just out of \interest ( fam) nur interessehalber
    vested \interest eigennütziges Interesse, Eigennutz m
    to have [or take] an \interest in sth an etw dat Interesse haben, sich akk für etw akk interessieren
    to lose \interest in sb/sth das Interesse an jdm/etw verlieren
    to pursue one's own \interests seinen eigenen Interessen nachgehen, seine eigenen Interessen verfolgen
    to show an \interest in sth an etw dat Interesse zeigen
    to take no further \interest in sth das Interesse an etw dat verloren haben, kein Interesse mehr für etw akk zeigen
    sth is in sb's \interest etw liegt in jds Interesse
    \interests pl Interessen pl, Belange pl
    in the \interests of safety, please do not smoke aus Sicherheitsgründen Rauchen verboten
    I'm only acting in your best \interests ich tue das nur zu deinem Besten
    Jane is acting in the \interests of her daughter Jane vertritt die Interessen ihrer Tochter
    in the \interests of humanity zum Wohle der Menschheit
    to look after the \interests of sb jds Interessen wahrnehmen
    3. no pl (importance) Interesse nt, Reiz m
    buildings of historical \interest historisch interessante Gebäude
    to be of \interest to sb für jdn von Interesse sein
    to hold \interest for sb jdn interessieren
    4. no pl FIN Zinsen pl; (paid on investments also) Kapitalertrag m
    at 5% \interest zu 5 % Zinsen
    what is the \interest on a loan these days? wie viel Zinsen zahlt man heutzutage für einen Kredit?
    rate of \interest [or \interest rate] Zinssatz m
    \interest on advance Vorauszahlungszins m
    \interest on arrears Verzugszinsen pl
    \interest on principal Kapitalverzinsung f
    \interest on savings deposits Sparzinsen pl
    to earn/pay \interest Zinsen einbringen/zahlen
    he earns \interest on his money sein Geld bringt ihm Zinsen [ein]
    to return sb's kindness with \interest ( fig) jds Freundlichkeit um ein Vielfaches erwidern
    to pay sb back with \interest ( fig) es jdm doppelt [o gründlich] heimzahlen
    5. (involvement) Beteiligung f
    the \interests of the company include steel and chemicals das Unternehmen ist auch in den Bereichen Stahl und Chemie aktiv
    a legal \interest in a company ein gesetzlicher Anteil an einer Firma
    powerful business \interests einflussreiche Kreise aus der Geschäftswelt
    foreign \interest ausländische Interessengruppen
    the landed \interest[s] die Großgrundbesitzer(innen) m(f)
    II. vt
    to \interest sb [in sth] jdn [für etw akk] interessieren, bei jdm Interesse [für etw akk] wecken
    may I \interest you in this encyclopaedia? darf ich Ihnen diese Enzyklopädie vorstellen?
    don't suppose I can \interest you in a quick drink before lunch, can I? kann ich dich vor dem Mittagessen vielleicht noch zu einem kurzen Drink überreden?
    to \interest oneself in sth/sb sich akk für etw/jdn interessieren
    * * *
    ['Intrɪst]
    1. n
    1) Interesse nt

    do you have any interest in chess? — interessieren Sie sich für Schach?, haben Sie Interesse an Schach (dat)?

    to take/feel an interest in sb/sth — sich für jdn/etw interessieren

    after that he took no further interest in us/it — danach war er nicht mehr an uns (dat)/daran interessiert

    to show (an) interest in sb/sth — Interesse für jdn/etw zeigen

    just for interest — nur aus Interesse, nur interessehalber

    he has lost interester hat das Interesse verloren

    what are your interests?was sind Ihre Interessen(gebiete)?

    his interests are... — er interessiert sich für...

    2) (= importance) Interesse nt (to für)

    matters of vital interest to the economyDinge pl von lebenswichtiger Bedeutung or lebenswichtigem Interesse für die Wirtschaft

    3) (= advantage, welfare) Interesse nt

    to act in sb's/one's own (best) interest(s) — in jds/im eigenen Interesse handeln

    in the interest(s) of sthim Interesse einer Sache (gen)

    4) (FIN) Zinsen pl

    to bear interest at 4% — 4% Zinsen tragen, mit 4% verzinst sein

    5) (COMM: share, stake) Anteil m; (= interest group) Kreise pl, Interessentengruppe f

    the landed interest(s)die Landbesitzer pl, die Gutsbesitzer pl

    America has an interest in helping Russia with its economy — Amerika hat ein Interesse daran, Russland Wirtschaftshilfe zu geben

    2. vt
    interessieren (in für, an +dat)

    to interest sb in doing sth — jdn dafür interessieren, etw zu tun

    to interest sb in politics etcjds Interesse an or für Politik etc wecken, jdn für Politik etc interessieren

    to interest oneself in sb/sth — sich für jdn/etw interessieren

    * * *
    interest [ˈıntrıst; ˈıntərest]
    A s
    1. (in) Interesse n (an dat, für), (An)Teilnahme f (an dat):
    there’s not much interest in es besteht kein großes Interesse an;
    lose interest das Interesse verlieren;
    take ( oder have) an interest in sth sich für etwas interessieren, Anteil an etwas nehmen;
    she hasn’t got much interest in football Fußball interessiert sie nicht sehr;
    music is his only interest er interessiert sich nur für Musik
    2. Reiz m, Interesse n:
    add interest to reizvoll oder interessant machen (akk);
    be of interest (to) von Interesse sein (für), interessieren (akk), reizvoll sein (für);
    there is no interest in doing sth es ist uninteressant oder sinnlos, etwas zu tun; human A 1
    3. Wichtigkeit f, Bedeutung f, Interesse n:
    of great (little) interest von großer Wichtigkeit (von geringer Bedeutung);
    this question is of no interest at the moment diese Frage ist im Moment nicht aktuell
    4. besonders WIRTSCH Beteiligung f, Anteil m ( beide:
    in an dat):
    have an interest in sth an oder bei einer Sache beteiligt sein; control A 1
    5. meist pl besonders WIRTSCH Geschäfte pl, Interessen pl, Belange pl:
    shipping interests Reedereigeschäfte, -betrieb m
    6. auch pl WIRTSCH Interessenten pl, Interessengruppe(n) f(pl), (die) beteiligten Kreise pl:
    the banking interest die Bankkreise;
    the business interests die Geschäftswelt;
    the shipping interest die Reeder pl; landed, vest C 2
    7. Interesse n, Vorteil m, Nutzen m, Gewinn m:
    be in ( oder to) sb’s interest in jemandes Interesse liegen;
    in your (own) interest zu Ihrem (eigenen) Vorteil, in Ihrem (eigenen) Interesse;
    in the public interest im öffentlichen Interesse;
    look after ( oder protect, safeguard) sb’s interests jemandes Interessen wahrnehmen oder wahren;
    study sb’s interest jemandes Vorteil im Auge haben; lie2 Bes Redew
    8. Eigennutz m
    9. Einfluss m ( with bei), Macht f: sphere A 6
    10. JUR (An)Recht n, Anspruch m ( beide:
    in auf akk): vest C 2
    11. WIRTSCH Zinsen pl:
    a loan at 8% interest ein Darlehen zu 8% Zinsen;
    interest due fällige Zinsen;
    interest from ( oder on) capital Kapitalzinsen;
    and ( oder plus) interest zuzüglich Zinsen;
    as interest zinsweise;
    ex interest ohne Zinsen;
    bear ( oder carry, earn, pay, yield) interest Zinsen tragen, sich verzinsen (at 4% mit 4%);
    interest on deposits Zinsen auf (Bank)Einlagen;
    interest on shares Stückzinsen;
    interest rate A 12;
    invest money at interest Geld verzinslich anlegen;
    return a blow (an insult) with interest fig einen Schlag (eine Beleidigung) mit Zinsen oder mit Zins und Zinseszins zurückgeben;
    return sb’s kindness with interest fig sich für jemandes Freundlichkeit mehr als nur erkenntlich zeigen; rate1 A 2
    12. WIRTSCH Zinsfuß m, -satz m
    B v/t
    1. interessieren (in für), jemandes Interesse oder Teilnahme erwecken ( in sth an einer Sache; for sb für jemanden):
    interest o.s. in sich interessieren für
    2. angehen, betreffen:
    every citizen is interested in this law dieses Gesetz geht jeden Bürger an
    3. interessieren, fesseln, anziehen, reizen
    4. besonders WIRTSCH beteiligen (in an dat)
    int. abk
    2. WIRTSCH interest
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Interesse, das; Anliegen, das

    take or have an interest in somebody/something — sich für jemanden/etwas interessieren

    [just] for or out of interest — [nur] interessehalber

    lose interest in somebody/something — das Interesse an jemandem/etwas verlieren

    interest in life/food — Lust am Leben/Essen

    be of interestinteressant od. von Interesse sein (to für)

    act in one's own/somebody's interest[s] — im eigenen/in jemandes Interesse handeln

    in the interest[s] of humanity — zum Wohle der Menschheit

    2) (thing in which one is concerned) Angelegenheit, die; Belange Pl.
    3) (Finance) Zinsen Pl.

    at interestgegen od. auf Zinsen

    with interest(fig.): (with increased force etc.) überreichlich; doppelt und dreifach (ugs.) (see also a)

    4) (financial stake) Beteiligung, die; Anteil, der
    5) (legal concern) [Rechts]anspruch, der
    2. transitive verb

    be interested in somebody/something — sich für jemanden/etwas interessieren

    somebody is interested by somebody/something — jemand/etwas erregt jemandes Interesse; see also interested

    * * *
    (in) n.
    Anteil -e (an) m.
    Beteiligung f. (finance) n.
    Zinsen - m. n.
    Anteil -e m.
    Anteilnahme f.
    Bedeutung f.
    Interesse n.
    Vorteil -e m.
    Wichtigkeit f.
    Zins -en m. v.
    interessieren v.

    English-german dictionary > interest

  • 16 tunc

    tunc, adv. demonstr., of time [tum, and demonstr. suffix -ce], then, at that time; but in ante-class. and class. prose tunc is always emphatic, and generally refers to a point of time. In post-Aug. style tunc freq. occurs without emphasis, and is freely used of periods of time. Tunc = deinde occurs first in the class. per. and rarely in prose; but is very freq. after the Aug. per. Tunc in mere co-ordinative use is very rare and not ante-class. (v. I. C.). Tunc coupled with an emphatic or temporal particle is very rare in class. prose, but freq. in the postAug. period. Poets often use tunc instead of tum before vowels for the sake of the metre. In general, tunc is not freq. till after the Aug. period. Cic. has tum about thirty times as often as tunc; Caes. has tunc only five times; Livy, in the first two books, has tunc five times, tum eighty-two times; but Val. Max. has tunc four times as often as tum. Sen. almost always has tunc; tum only in a few passages, mostly in co ordinative use. In Vitr., Suet., Plin., Just., and the jurists, tunc largely predominates; but Nep. has tunc once only, and Tac., who employs both words sparingly, has tum oftener than tunc. The Codd. very freq. vary between the words, and in many passages the reading is still doubtful. Undue weight has been given by some critics to opposition to nunc and connection with cum; cf. Kritz ad Sall. J. 5, 1; Zumpt ad Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 142; 2, 5, 10, § 27. Both tum and tunc are freq. opposed to nunc, and connected with cum.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring an event to a time before mentioned.
    1.
    To definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time, = illis temporibus (only post-Aug.):

    tunc melius tenuere fidem cum paupere cultu Stabat in exigua ligneus aede deus,

    Tib. 1, 10, 19:

    nulli tunc subsessores alienorum matrimoniorum oculi metuebantur,

    Val. Max. 2, 1, 5:

    sed tunc clarissimus quisque juvenum pro amplificanda patria plurimum periculi sustinebat,

    id. 3, 2, 6:

    nunc quo ventum est? A servis vix impetrari potest ne eam supellectilem fastidiant qua tunc consul non erubuit,

    id. 4, 3, 7:

    quo pacto inter amicos viguisse tunc justitiam credimus, cum inter accusatores quoque, etc.,

    id. 6, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas qui tunc erant volumus, fatebimur, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    sed civitati nullae tunc leges erant,

    Just. 2, 7, 3; 6, 9, 5.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time spoken of: cives Romani [p. 1914] tunc facti sunt Campani, Enn. ap. Censor. 14 (Ann. v. 174 Vahl.): tanto sublatae sunt Augmine tunc lapides, id. ap. Non. p. 211, 8 (Ann. v. 542 ib.): tunc ipsos adoriant, ne quis Spartam referat nuntium, Naev. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 801 P. (Trag. Rel. v. 16 Rib.):

    (Sulla) statim ex iis rebus quas tunc vendebat jussit ei praemium tribui, etc.,

    Cic. Arch. 10, 25:

    neque ego tunc princeps ad salutem esse potuissem si, etc.,

    id. Sull. 3, 9:

    his tunc cognitis rebus amici regis his... liberaliter responderunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 104:

    tunc duces Nerviorum... colloqui sese velle dicunt,

    at this time, id. B. G. 5, 41:

    quod se facturos minabantur, aegreque tunc sunt retenti quin oppidum irrumperent,

    id. B. C. 2, 13 fin.:

    Romanus tunc exercitus in agro Larinati erat,

    Liv. 22, 24, 1:

    itaque cum in ipsum, et innocentia tutum et magistratu in quo tunc erat, impetus fieri non posset, etc.,

    id. 4, 44, 6; cf. id. 2, 2, 2; 4, 8, 6; 10, 37, 10;

    44, 44, 3: nec, si rescindere posses (sc. jussa Jovis), Tunc aderas,

    Ov. M. 2, 679:

    tunc ego nec cithara poteram gaudere sonora, nec, etc.,

    Tib. 3, 4, 69:

    tunc urbis custodiis praepositus C. Maecenas,

    Vell. 2, 88, 2:

    forte evenit ut tunc summae dignitatis ibi femina veneno consumere se destinarit,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 8:

    qui tunc Libitinam exercebant,

    id. 5, 2, 10:

    Coriolanus ad Volscos, infestos tunc Romanis, confugit,

    id. 5, 4, 1; cf. id. 2, 10, 3; 4, 8, 5; 5, 5, 3; 7, 6, 5 fin.;

    8, 1 damn. 1: Carthaginiensium legati ad celebrandum sacrum anniversarium more patrio tunc venerant,

    Curt. 4, 2, 10:

    et tunc aestas erat, cujus calor, etc.,

    id. 3, 5, 1:

    perierat imperium, quod tunc in extremo stabat, si Fabius, etc.,

    Sen. Troad. 1, 11, 5:

    tunc,distractis Orientis viribus, casus Mithridati datus est occupandi Armeniam,

    Tac. A. 11, 9; cf. id. ib. 2, 25:

    quidam ex eis qui tunc egerant, decesserunt,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 24, 3:

    ardente tunc in Africa bello,

    Suet. Caes. 70; cf. id. Calig. 48; id. Ner. 20; 21:

    Asiam tunc tenebat imperio rex Darius,

    Gell. 17, 9, 20:

    hostes tunc populi Romani fuerant Fidenates,

    id. 17, 21, 17; cf. id. 13, 5, 2 and 3; 14, 1, 8; Ael. Spart. Had. 11; 23; 24.—Repeated by anaphora:

    tunc victus abiere feri, tunc consita pomus, tunc bibit inriguas fertilis hortus aquas, Aurea tunc pressos, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 1, 43:

    tunc Parmenio et Philotas, tunc Amyntas consobrinus, tunc noverca fratresque interfecti, tunc Attalus, Eurylochus... occurrebant,

    Just. 12, 6, 14; so id. 43, 3, 2; 43, 4, 2.—Attributively:

    regem tunc Lacedaemoniorum,

    Just. 6, 2, 4.—
    (γ).
    Referring to a state no longer in existence:

    silvae tunc circa viam erant, plerisque incultis,

    Liv. 21, 25, 8:

    urbs (Corinthus) erat tunc praeclara ante excidium,

    id. 45, 28, 2:

    hic (Curio) primo pro Pompei partibus, id est, ut tunc habebatur, pro republica, mox... pro Caesare stetit,

    Vell. 2, 48, 3:

    certissimum tunc proscriptorum perfugium penetravit,

    Val. Max. 7, 3, 9:

    docuit in atrio Catulinae domus, quae pars Palatii tunc erat,

    Suet. Gram. 17: tunc (i. e. olim) in usu erat, eam hereditatem, etc., Gai Inst. 2, 254 erat autem tunc mos ut cum princeps causam cognosceret... sententiam ex omnium deliberatione proferret, Ael. Spart. Had. 8.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time: tunc igitur pelles, nunc aurum et purpura exercent hominum vitam, Lucr 5, 1423;

    ea lege quae tunc erat Sempronia, nunc est Cornelia,

    Cic. Clu. 56, 154:

    cum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, ut tunc Socrati, nunc Catoni, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 30, 74, cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45; 2, 3, 67, § 156; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. Pis. 13, 30; id. Rab. Post. 12, 34; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    cur privati non damus remiges, sicut tunc dedimus?

    Liv. 34, 6, 18:

    munitiones et locis opportunioribus tunc fuerunt et validiores impositae (i. e. quam nunc),

    id. 36, 17, 4:

    parva nunc res videri potest quae tunc patres ac plebem accendit,

    id. 4, 25, 13; cf. id. 8, 31, 4; 21, 18, 5:

    Macedones milites ea tunc erant fama qua nunc Romani feruntur,

    Nep. Eum. 3, 4: nunc solvo poenas;

    tunc tibi inferias dedi,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    nunc haberent socios quos tunc hostes habuerant,

    Just. 6, 7, 5; cf. id. 8, 2, 9:

    hoc tunc Veii fuere, nunc fuisse quis meminit?

    Flor. 1, 12, 11.—And tunc and tum in co-ordinated sentences: qui ager nunc multo pluris est quam tunc fuit. Tum enim, etc., nunc, etc.;

    tum erat ager incultus, nunc est cultissimus,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33: vos etiamsi tunc faciendum non fuerit, nunc utique faciendum putatis;

    ego contra, etiamsi tum migrandum fuisset, nunc has ruipas relinquendas non censerem,

    Liv. 5, 53, 3 (in such connections tum generally refers to a previous tunc, rarely vice versa).—
    (ε).
    Opposed to a previous or a later time:

    quae ipsum Hannibalem, armis tunc invictum voluptate vicit (i. e. etsi non postea),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 95:

    raro alias tribuni popularis oratio acceptior plebi quam tunc severissimi consulis fuit,

    Liv. 3, 69, 1:

    (Syphax) tunc accessio Punici belli fuerat, sicut Gentius Macedonici,

    id. 45, 7, 2; 5, 37, 2; 45, 25, 10:

    non ab Scipionibus aliisque veteribus Romanorum ducum quidquam ausum fortius quam tunc a Caesare,

    Vell. 2, 80, 3:

    et tunc Aeanti, ut deo, immolaverunt, et deinceps, etc.,

    Val. Max. 1, 5, ext. 2:

    praetor hic Alexandri fuerat, tunc transfuga,

    Curt. 3, 11, 18; cf. id. 4, 13, 18:

    Cilicum nationes saepe et alias commotae, tunc Troxoboro duce, montes asperos castris cepere,

    Tac. A. 12, 55; cf. id. ib. 2, 62; id. H. 3, 58:

    ob res et tunc in Africa, et olim in Germania gestas,

    Suet. Galb. 8; cf. id. Tib. 10; 18; id. Oth. 4:

    idem tunc Faesulae quod Carrhae nuper,

    Flor. 1, 5, 8.—
    (ζ).
    In general statements, applied to the actual state of affairs:

    mos est regibus quotiens in societatem coeant, pollices inter se vincire, etc. Sed tunc, qui ea vincula admovebat decidisse simulans, genua Mithridatis invadit,

    Tac. A. 12, 47:

    legebatur ergo ibi tunc in carmine Latino, etc.,

    Gell. 2, 22, 2.— Pregn., as matters then stood:

    aptissimum tempus fuerat, delinimentum animis Bolani agri divisionem obici: tunc haec ipsa indignitas angebat animos,

    Liv. 4, 51, 6.—
    (η).
    Of coincidence in time: tunc = cum hoc fieret, on that occasion:

    quodsi tu tunc, Crasse, dixisses, omnem eorum importunitatem evellisset oratio tua,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 230; id. Clu. 56, 153; id. Lig. 5, 16; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    tunc Lacedaemoniis accusantibus respondendum erat, nunc a vobis ipsis accusati sumus,

    Liv. 39, 36, 7:

    jam Horatius secundam pugnam petebat. Tunc... clamore adjuvant militem suum,

    while he was doing so, id. 1, 25, 9; 45, 23, 17:

    sed neque... nubes Tunc habuit, nec... imbres,

    Ov. M. 2, 310:

    quid mihi tunc animi fuit?

    id. ib. 7, 582:

    quid mihi tunc animi credis, germane, fuisse?

    id. H. 11, 87; 12, 31:

    quid tunc homines timuerint, quae senatus trepidatio... neque mihi exprimere vacat, neque, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 124, 1:

    non Catoni tunc praetura, sed praeturae Cato negatus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6; cf. id. 1, 8, 6; 4, 5, 3; 6, 1, 8; 6, 2, 3; 6, 2, 6; 6, 6, ext. 1;

    9, 3, 1: tunc ego dicere debui,

    Sen. Ep. 63, 15:

    non possum dicere aliud tunc mihi quam deos adfuisse,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 5, 5:

    tunc domus priscorum ducum arserunt,

    Suet. Ner. 38; Just. 18, 3, 14; Gell. 6 (7), 3, 48; 12, 13, 21; 19, 1, 11.—Tunc and tum co-ordinate: sanguine tunc (Phaethontis) credunt... Tum facta'st Libya... arida;

    tum, etc.,

    Ov. M. 2, 235 sqq.: tunc... sorores Debuerant, etc.;

    Tum potui Medea mori bene,

    id. H. 12, 3 sqq.—And referring to a supposed action at a definite time:

    nobis tunc repente trepidandum in acie instruenda erat,

    if we had accepted the battle then, Liv. 44, 38, 11.—
    (θ).
    Redundant (post-class.):

    id quale fuerit, neque ipse tunc prodidit, neque cuiquam facile succurrat,

    Suet. Tit. 10; cf.: in ejusmodi temporibus tunc eae ambulationes aperiuntur, Vitr 5, 9, 9.—
    2.
    = nunc, in oblique discourse (rare):

    quod si consulatus tanta dulcedo sit, jam tunc ita in animum inducant, consulatum captum a tribunicia potestate esse,

    Liv. 2, 54, 5:

    ut cum multis saeculis murus urbi civium virtus fuerit, tunc cives salvos se fore non existimaverint nisi intra muros laterent,

    Just. 14, 5, 7.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc.; at such a season:

    tunc (i. e. autumno) praecidi arbores oportere secundum terram,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27:

    ab eo in fastis dies hordicalia nominantur, quod tunc hordae boves immolantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5:

    omnes (nubes sol) enim sub se tunc (= medio die),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 8, 7:

    tunc enim maximae et integrae adhuc nives (= aestate prima),

    id. ib. 4, 2, 21:

    et tunc potest ventis concitari mare,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 25; cf. id. ib. 4, 5, 2.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause:

    tunc ignes tenuissimi iter exile designant et caelo producunt, of shooting stars,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 6: nemo observat lunam nisi laborantem. Tunc urbes conclamant, tunc pro se quisque superstitione vana trepidat, id. ib. 7, 1, 2:

    adjuvari se tunc (i. e. cum faces vident) periclitantes existimant Pollucis et Castoris numine,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 13; cf. id. ib. 1, 8, 3; 2, 55, 2; 5, 3, 1; 6, 12, 2; id. Ep. 42, 4; id. Brev. Vit. 11, 1: si ancilla ex cive Romand conceperit, deinde civis Romana facta sit, et tunc pariat, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 88; 1, 90; Dig. 1, 6, 8; 40, 12, 22, § 3.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, in this instance: Tr. Erus peregre venit. Si. Tunc tibi actutum chorda tenditur, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 55 Lorenz (al. tum):

    dominae mentem convertite... Tunc ego crediderim vobis, et sidera et amnes Posse, etc.,

    Prop. 1, 1, 23:

    itaque tunc dividere optimum erit (= si plura sunt quae nocent),

    Quint. 4, 2, 101; so id. 6, 1, 22:

    cuperem tecum communicare tam subitam mutationem mei: tunc amicitiae nostrae certiorem fiduciam habere coepissem,

    Sen. Ep. 6, 2: nemo est ex inprudentibus qui reliqui sibi debeat. Tunc mala consilia agitant, tunc aut aliis aut ipsis pericula struunt;

    tunc cupiditates improbas ordinant, tunc... tunc... denique, etc.,

    id. ib. 10, 2;

    7, 2: tunc enim (i. e. si cottidie reputes) subit recordatio: Quot dies quam frigidis rebus absumpsi!

    Plin. Ep. 1, 9, 3:

    propter liberos retentio fit (dotis) si culpa mulieris divortium factum sit, tunc enim sextae retinentur ex dote,

    Ulp. Fragm. 6, 10: veluti si a femina manumissa sit: tunc enim e lege Atilia petere debet tutorem, Gai Inst. 1, 195; 1, 76; 1, 40; 3, 181; Fragm. Vat. 52; Dig. 2, 4, 8; 5, 3, 13, § 12; 7, 3, 1; 19, 1, 11, § 15; 11, 1, 20; Just. Inst. 1, 12, § 6; in the jurists, saep.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    In gen.: tunc illud vexillum... coloniae Capuae inferetur;

    tunc contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 86:

    tunc, ut quaeque causa crit statuetis, nunc libertatem repeti satis est,

    Liv. 3, 53, 10:

    senatus consultum adjectum est ut... praetor qui tunc esset... apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur... jusjurandum daret, etc.,

    id. 41, 9, 11:

    nec taedebit avum parvo advigilare nepoti... Tunc operata deo pubes discumbet in herba, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 5, 95:

    tunc interea tempus exercitus ex hoc loco educendi habebis,

    Gell. 3, 7, 7.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause:

    tunc me biremis Tutum... Aura feret geminusque Pollux (i. e. si mugiat malus procellis),

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 62:

    vectabor umeris tunc ego inimicis eques (i. e. si hoc feceris),

    id. Epod. 17, 74:

    tunc tua me infortunia laedent (i. e. si dolebis tibi),

    id. A. P. 103:

    tunc ego jurabo quaevis tibi numina... Tunc ego... Efficiam, etc.,

    Ov. H. 15 (16), 319:

    tunc piger ad nandum, tunc ego cautus ero,

    id. ib. 17 (18), 210.—
    B.
    Representing sequence or succession in events, = deinde.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (rare till after the Aug. per.;

    in Cic. perh. only in the foll. passages): Herodotus cum Roma reverteretur, offendit eum mensem qui sequitur mensem comitialem. Tunc Cephaloeditani decrerunt intercalarium XLV dies longum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 130:

    veni in eum sermonem ut docerem, etc. Tunc mihi ille dixit quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    dixi ei, me ita facturum esse ut, etc. Tunc ille a me petivit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 6, 2 is finis pugnae equestris fuit. Tunc adorti peditum aciem, nuntios ad consules rei gestae mittunt, Liv. 3, 70, 8:

    tandem curia excesserunt. Tunc sententiae interrogari coeptae,

    id. 45, 25, 1:

    equites, relictis equis, provolant ante signa... Tunc inter priores duorum populorum res geritur,

    id. 7, 8, 1:

    iterum deinde interpellatus, in proposito persistit. Tunc Poppedius, abjecturum inde se... minatus est,

    Val. Max. 3, 1, 2; cf. id. 5, 4, 1; 7, 3, 2; 7, 3, 6: tunc intendit arcum, et ipsum cor adulescentis figit, Sen. de Ira, 3, 14, 2; so id. Ot. Sap. 1, 1; id. Q. N. 1, 12, 1:

    Dareum XXX inde stadia abesse praemissi indicabant. Tunc consistere agmen jubet,

    Curt. 3, 8, 24:

    contionem discedere in manipulos jubet. Tunc a veneratione Augusti orsus flexit ad victorias,

    Tac. A. 1, 34; cf. id. ib. 1, 67; 12, 31; 12, 33; 12, 69; id. H. 4, 72; Vitr. 1, 4, 12; 1, 6, 7; 2, 1, 2; 2, 1, 4; 5, 12, 5; 7, praef. 5; 7, 1, 3; 7, 2, 2; 8, 1, 1; Suet. Ner. 49; id. Vit. 15 fin.; id. Dom. 16; Front. Strat. 2, 5, 4; Gell. 1, 22, 6; 6 (7), 17, 6; 13, 31 (30), 6; 14, 2, 9; [p. 1915] Flor. 2, 13 (4, 2), 71; Just. 11, 4, 1; 11, 10, 2; 12, 7, 7; 13, 3, 4; 18, 4, 10 et saep.; Dig. 1, 2, 2, § 26.—
    (β).
    Before an abl. absol. (postclass.):

    statuunt tempus quo foedissimum quemque invadant. Tunc, signo inter se dato, inrumpunt contubernia,

    Tac. A. 1, 48:

    tunc, Campaniae ora proximisque insulis circuitis, Caprearum secessui quadriduum impendit,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    tunc, exercitu in Aetoliam promoto, pecunias civitatibus imperat,

    Just. 14, 1, 6; 21, 5, 2; 22, 2, 7; 25, 2, 6.—
    (γ).
    Implying a consequence, then, under these circumstances, hence, accordingly:

    caedere januam saxis, instare ferro, ligna circumdare ignemque circumicere coeperunt. Tunc cives Romani, qui Lampsaci negotiabantur, concurrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 27, § 69: huc tota Vari conversa acies suos fugere videbat. Tunc Rebilus; Perterritum, inquit, hostem vides;

    quid dubitas, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 34:

    animadversum est, extra consuetudinem longius a vallo esse aciem Pompei progressum. Tunc Caesar apud suos Differendum est iter, inquit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 85:

    omnium spe celerius Saguntum oppugnari adlatum est. Tunc relata de integro res ad senatum,

    Liv. 21, 6, 5; cf. id. 9, 30, 10:

    Tisiphoneque Saevit et huc illuc impia turba fugit. Tunc niger in porta serpentum Cerberus ore Stridet,

    Tib. 1, 3, 71:

    apud patres disseruit, nec posse Orientem nisi Germanici sapientia conponi, etc. Tunc decreto patrum permissae Germanico provinciae,

    Tac. A. 2, 43; id. H. 4, 83; Vitr. 2, 8, 14; 2, 9, 16; Just. 39, 3, 11.—Emphatically, = tum vero:

    donec ipse quoque longinquo morbo est implicitus. Tunc adeo fracti simul cum corpore sunt spiritus illi feroces ut, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 31, 6.—And = tum primum:

    multitudo tandem perrumpit ordines hostium. Tunc vinci pertinacia coepta, et averti manipuli quidam,

    Liv. 9, 39, 10. —
    2.
    In enumerations with tum... deinde... postea, etc.
    (α).
    In gen. (postclass.): ante omnia instituit ut e libertorum bonis dextans... cogeretur; deinde ut ingratorum, etc.;

    tunc ut lege majestatis facta omnia... tenerentur,

    Suet. Ner. 32 med.; so,

    tunc... deinde... tunc, etc.,

    Vitr. 1, 6, 12 and 13:

    tunc... tunc... deinde... tunc,

    id. 3, 5, 5 and 6; cf. id. 5, 12, 4; cf. Suet. Oth. 6; Flor. 4, 2, 88.—With tum: terras primum situmque earum quaerit; deinde condicionem maris;

    tunc quidquid inter caelum terrasque interjacet perspicit... tum, peragratis humilioribus, ad summa prorumpit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 17 fin.; so Gai Inst. 3, 6, 3.—
    (β).
    Of successive speakers in dialogue (rare):

    tu vero abi, inquit, etc. Tunc Mucius Quandoquidem, inquit, est apud te virtuti honos, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 12, 15:

    apud quem Valerius in hunc modum egit, etc. Tunc Collatinus Quaero inquit, etc.,

    Val. Max. 2, 8, 2.—With tum:

    tunc poeta... inquit, etc. Tum Fronto ita respondit, etc.,

    Gell. 19, 8, 10 and 11; 12, 13, 19; Val. Max. 7, 3, ext. 4.—
    C.
    In co-ordination (very rare).
    1.
    = praeterea, and then:

    (Romulus) hoc consilio fultus... locupletari civis non destitit. Tunc, id quod retinemus hodie magna cum salute rei publicae, auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 15 sq.:

    praeter has, frugalitas et continentia... splendorem illi suum adfunderent. Tunc providentia cum elegantia quantum decoris illi adderent!

    Sen. Ep. 115, 3.—
    2.
    In the connection cum... tunc (v. tum, I. C. 3.):

    vivendum recte est cum propter plurima, tunc est Idcirco, etc.,

    Juv. 9, 118 ( poet. for tum, on account of the foll. vowel).—
    3.
    Vid. tunc etiam, III. B. 7. b.
    II.
    As correlative of dependent clauses.
    A.
    Of temporal clauses with cum.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tunc as antecedent of the clause:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 108:

    etiamne in ara tunc sedebant mulieres Quom ad me profectu's ire?

    id. Rud. 3, 6, 8:

    quo damnato tunc, cum judicia fiebant, HS. IV milibus lis aestimata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 22:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiscebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 43, §

    111: atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat: vos tunc paruistis cum paruit nemo nisi qui voluit,

    id. Lig. 7, 20: se ita pugnaturos ut Romae pugnaverint in repetenda patria, ut postero die ad Gabios, tunc cum effecerint ne quis hostium, etc., Liv. 6, 28, 9:

    et quod tunc fecimus cum hostem Hannibalem in Italia haberemus, id nunc, pulso Hannibale, cunctamur facere?

    id. 31, 7, 5:

    infelix Dido, nunc te facta impia tangunt? Tunc decuit cum sceptra dabas,

    Verg. A. 4, 597 (Rib. tum; v. Prisc. p. 8, 841 P.):

    prudenter sensit tunc incrementum Romano imperio petendum fuisse cum intra septimum lapidem triumphi quaerebantur,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 10:

    quorum nihil tunc cum diceretur parum aptum fuit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 89; cf. Val. Max. 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 8, ext. 1.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of coincident actions:

    cum jam adpropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubie esset... tunc injecta trepidatio,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10.—
    (β).
    = deinde:

    adversus singula quaeque cum respondere haud facile esset, et quereretur... purgaretque se invicem, tunc Papirius, redintegrata ira, virgas et secures expediri jussit,

    Liv. 8, 32, 10:

    divus Caesar cum exercitum habuisset circa Alpes, imperavissetque, etc., tunc qui in eo castello fuerunt... noluerunt imperio parere,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 15:

    cum nuntiatum esset Leonidae a XX milibus hostium summum cacumen teneri, tunc hortatur socios, recedant,

    Just. 2, 11, 5.—
    2.
    Of definite present time, tunc is not found; v. tum.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    arbitror, quo nos etiam tunc utimur cum ea dicimus jurati quae comperta habemus,

    Cic. Font. 13, 29 (9, 19):

    tunc obsequatur naturae cum senserit, etc.,

    id. Fragm. Hort. Phil. 75 B. and K.; id. Tusc. 2, 6, 16; id. Verr. 1, 18, 55; 2, 5, 12, § 29: qui tunc vocat me, cum malum librum legi, only... when, never... unless (= tote dê), Cat. 44, 21 Ellis (Mull. tum):

    deum tunc adfuisse cum id evenisset, veteres oratores aiebant,

    Quint. 10, 7, 14:

    tunc est commovendum theatrum cum ventum est ad illud Plodite,

    id. 6, 1, 52; cf. id. 4, 2, 8; 12, 11, 7; Vitr. 2, 9, 3:

    voluptas tunc, cum maxime delectat, exstinguitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 7, 4; cf. id. Q. N. 1, prol. 3; 5, 3, 3; 6, 3, 1; id. Ep. 10, 5; 85, 38:

    in tantam quantitatem tenetur quae tunc in peculio fuit cum sententiam dicebat,

    Dig. 5, 1, 15: tunc cum certum esse coeperit neminem ex eo testamento fore heredem, Gai Inst. 3, 13; 4, 71; Dig. 28, 3, 6, § 6; 40, 12, 16, § 2; 40, 7, 34.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis:

    cum autem fundamenta ita distantia inter se fuerint constituta, tunc inter ea alia transversa... collocentur,

    Vitr. 1, 5, 7; 2, 1, 6; 2, 3, 2; 2, 5, 2;

    3, 5, 13: cum folia pauca in acumine germinent, tunc maxime serendas ficus,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 245; Just. 41, 2, 9.—
    4.
    Referring to future time:

    ex ceteris autem generibus tunc pecunia expedietur cum legionibus victricibus erunt quae spopondimus persolvenda, Cic. Fragm. Ep. Caes. jun. 1, 8: tunc inter eas fore finem belli dixit cum alterutra urbs in habitum pulveris esset redacta,

    Val. Max. 9, 3, ext. 3:

    poterant videri tunc incohanda cum omnia quae... peregissem,

    Quint. 6, 4, 1; Col. praef. 33; v. infra, III. A. 2. b.—
    B.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ubi (rare).
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    ad quod bellum ubi consules dilectum habere occipiunt, obstare tunc enixe tribuni,

    Liv. 4, 55, 2:

    haec ubi convenerunt, tunc vero Philomelus consuetudinem nocte egrediendi frequentiorem facere,

    id. 25, 8, 9.—
    2.
    Of indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    tunc autem est consummata infelicitas, ubi turpia non solum delectant, sed etiam placent,

    Sen. Ep. 39, 6; id. Ben. 2, 3, 3; 2, 17, 3; id. Ep. 89, 19.—
    b.
    In apodosis:

    stillicidia ubi plura coiere et turba vires dedit, tunc fluere et ire dicuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 13, 4; 6, 17, 2; 6, 18, 2.—
    C.
    With temporal clauses introduced by postquam (posteaquam); rare.
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    posteaquam ingenuae virgines et ephebi venerunt ad deprecandum, tunc est pollicitus his legibus ut, etc.,

    Vitr. 10, 16, 7 (but in Sall. C. 51, 40 Dietsch reads tum).—
    2.
    Of indefinite time: si vero posteaquam eam destinasses, tunc perierit, etc., Dig 17, 2, 58, § 1.—
    D.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ut (very rare):

    ut vero... casus suorum miseris eluxit, tunc toto littore plangentium gemitus, tunc infelicium matrum ululatus... audiebantur,

    Just. 19, 2, 11.—
    E.
    With temporal clauses introduced by quando (rare).
    1.
    As antecedent:

    tunc quando abiero,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 7, 19 (4, 8, 8): tunc inserentur (cerasi) quando his vel non est, vel desinit gummi effluere, Pall. Oct. 12.—
    2.
    In apodosis:

    quando quodque eorum siderum cursum decorum est adeptum... tunc ex alterius naturae motione transversa... vinci a tardioribus videbantur,

    Cic. Univ. 9.—
    F.
    With temporal clauses introduced by dum (very rare):

    tunc tamen utrumque tolerabile est, dum illi vis sua est,

    Sen. Ep. 83, 21.—
    G.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    As antecedent:

    consilium istud tunc esset prudens si rationes ad Hispaniensem casum accommodaturi essemus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:

    sin autem ventus interpellaverit et... tunc habeat canalem longum pedes quinque, etc.,

    Vitr. 8, 5, 2:

    tunc fidem fallam, tunc inconstantiae crimen audiam si, cum omnia eadem sint quae erant promittente me, non praestitero promissum,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 35, 2.—
    (β).
    In apodosis:

    si se simul cum gloria rei gestae exstinxisset, tunc victorem, quidquid licuerit in magistro equitum, in militibus ausurum,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    quem si inclusit mare, tum ille exitu simul redituque praecluso, volutatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 15:

    quod si non illum, sed me peccasse putabis, tunc ego te credam cordis habere nihil,

    Mart. 2, 8, 6: si nullus sit suorum heredum, tunc hereditas pertinet ad adgnatos, Gai Inst. 3, 9:

    si vero dissentiunt, tunc praetoris partes necessariae sunt,

    Dig. 2, 14, 7, § 19; Sen. Q. N. 6, 9, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 205; Dig. 1, 3, 22.—
    2.
    With a supposition contrary to fact:

    audivi te cum alios consolareris: tunc conspexissem, si te ipse consolatus esses,

    Sen. Prov. 4, 5.—
    H.
    After abl. absol. (rare):

    legatis auditis, tunc de bello referre sese Aemilius dixit,

    Liv. 44, 21, 1:

    his ita praeparatis, tunc in rotae modiolo tympanum includatur,

    Vitr. 10, 9 (14), 2.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tunc (rare):

    nisi jam tunc omnia negotia diligentissime confecissem,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 3: bellum jam tunc ab illis geri coeptum cum sibi Phrygiam ademerint, Trog. Pomp. ap. Just. 38, 53:

    At. C. Marius L. Sullam jam tunc, ut praecaventibus fatis, copulatum sibi quaestorem habuit,

    Vell. 2, 12, 1:

    Archilochum Nepos Cornelius tradit, Tullo Hostilio Romae regnante, jam tunc fuisse poematis clarum et nobilem,

    Gell. 17, 21, 8:

    palam jam tunc multae civitates libertatem bello vindicandam fremebant,

    Just. 13, 5, 5. —
    2.
    With demum and denique, not until then, then only, then at last.
    a.
    Tunc demum.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    tunc demum nuntius missus ad tertiam legionem revocandam,

    Liv. 41, 3, 5:

    tunc demum pectora plangi Contigit,

    Ov. H. 11, 91:

    tunc demum intrat tabernaculum,

    Curt. 4, 13, 20:

    tunc demum alia mala (exstiterunt),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 6:

    (aquilae) primo deponunt, expertaeque pondus, tunc demum abeunt,

    Plin. 10, 3, 4, § 14:

    tunc demum... invidiam quae sibi fieret deprecati sunt,

    Suet. Calig. 9:

    tunc demum ad otium concessit,

    id. Claud. 5.—
    (β).
    With cum clause:

    postero die cum circumsessi aqua arceremur, nec ulla... erumpendi spes esset, tunc demum pacti sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 59, 6:

    et serius cum redisset, tum demum, recepto sospite filio, victoriae tantae gaudium consul sensit,

    id. 44, 44, 3:

    cum ab his oritur, tunc demum ei ratio constat,

    Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.: quos ordine suo tunc demum persequar cum praefaturus fuero, Col. praef. 33; Sen. Ep. 84, 6; id. Q. N. 7, 13, 1.—
    b.
    Tunc denique (very rare): hi dicebantur in eo tempore mathêmatikoi. Exinde ad perspicienda principia naturae procedebant ac tunc denique nominabantur phusikoi, Gell. 1, 9, 7.—
    3.
    Tunc primum:

    quia tunc primum superbiae nobilitatis obviam itum est,

    Sall. J. 5, 2:

    tunc primum circo qui nunc maximus dicitur, designatus locus est,

    Liv. 1, 35, 8:

    eum dolorem ulta est (plebs) tunc primum plebeis quaestoribus creatis,

    id. 4, 54, 2:

    tunc primum equo merere equites coeperunt,

    id. 5, 7, 13:

    lectisternio tunc primum in urbe Romana facto,

    id. 5, 13, 6; Tac. A. 11, 38; Suet. Ner. 17; Just. 8, 5, 1; 11, 10, 2; Jul. Capitol. Anton. Phil. 5; 7.—
    4.
    With deinde (cf.: tum deinde).
    (α).
    Deinde tunc:

    roga bonam mentem, bonam valetudinem animi, deinde tunc corporis,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; 74, 23; 117, 1.—
    (β).
    Tunc deinde: primum militiae vinculum est religio et signorum amor, et deserendi nefas; tunc deinde facile cetera [p. 1916] exiguntur, Sen. Ep. 95, 35; 11, 4; Val. Fl. 8, 109; Cels. 4, 15.—So, tunc postea, Vitr. 1, 6, 7.—
    5.
    Tunc tandem:

    simul enim cessit possessione Dii, excitavit hostem, ut tunc tandem sciret recuperanda esse quae prius amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4.—
    B.
    With emphatic particles.
    1.
    Tunc vero (or enimvero):

    in turbatos jam hostes equos inmittunt. Tunc vero Celtiberi omnes in fugam effunduntur,

    Liv. 40, 40, 10:

    cunctantem tamen ingens vis morbi adorta est. Tunc enim vero deorum ira admonuit,

    id. 2, 36, 6:

    tunc vero impotentis fortunae species conspici potuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 23: Tiberioque suspensa semper verba;

    tunc vero nitenti, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 11.—
    2.
    Tunc quidem: et tunc quidem Perseus copias reduxit;

    postero die, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 57, 9:

    tunc quidem sacrificio rite perpetrato, reliquum noctis rediit, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 13, 16; cf. id. 3, 12, 21.—
    3.
    Ne tunc quidem:

    quia ne tunc quidem obsistebatur,

    Front. Strat. 3, 17, 9:

    ac ne tum quidem senatu aut populo appellato,

    Suet. Ner. 41; cf. Just. 27, 3, 6.—
    4.
    Tunc maxime (or tunc cum maxime).
    (α).
    Chiefly at that time, especially then:

    Theophrastus est auctor, in Ponto quosdam amnes crescere tempore aestivo... aut quia tunc maxime in umorem mutabilis terra est, aut quia, etc.,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 26, 2.—
    (β).
    Just then:

    hospitem tunc cum maxime utilia suadentem abstrahi jussit ad capitale supplicium,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    non incidunt causae quae iram lacessant? sed tunc maxime illi oppugnandae manus sunt, Sen. de Ira, 2, 14, 2: sapiens tunc maxime paupertatem meditatur cum in mediis divitiis constitit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 1.—
    5.
    Tunc interea, Gell. 3, 7, 7; v. supra, I. A. 4. a.—
    6.
    Etiam tunc.
    (α).
    Even then:

    experiri etiam tunc volens an ullae sibi reliquae vires essent, etc.,

    Gell. 15, 16, 3.—
    (β).
    Still:

    quam defunctam praetextatus etiam tunc pro rostris laudavit,

    Suet. Calig. 10.— And with cum, Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 8; v. supra, II. A. 1. a.—
    7.
    Tunc etiam.
    (α).
    Etiam as connective, tum = eo tempore:

    in civitate plena religionum, tunc etiam ob recentem cladem superstitiosis principibus, ut renovarentur auspicia, res ad interregnum redit,

    Liv. 6, 5, 6.—
    (β).
    Poet. for tum etiam, on account of the vowel:

    ultima prona via est, et eget moderamine certo, Tunc etiam... Tethys solet ipsa vereri,

    Ov. M. 2, 68.—
    8.
    Tunc quoque.
    (α).
    Also then:

    irae adversus Vejentes in insequentem annum dilatae sunt. Tunc quoque ne confestim bellum indiceretur religio obstitit,

    Liv. 4, 30, 13; 44, 37, 12: saepe legit flores;

    et tunc quoque forte legebat,

    Ov. M. 4, 315:

    quare et sereno tonat? quia tunc quoque per quassum et scissum aera spiritus prosilit,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 18:

    cum quidam histriones producti olim, tunc quoque producerentur,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    tunc quoque in Hyrcaniam remittitur,

    Just. 38, 9, 9.—
    (β).
    Even then:

    tunc quoque cum antiqui illi viri inclite viverent, cura comere capillum fuit,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 7:

    faba vero non antequam trium foliorum. Tunc quoque levi sarculo purgare melius quam fodere,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 241; Suet. Ner. 26; Flor. 1, 7, 12.—With tum demum:

    tametsi ad audiendum pigre coitur. Plerique in stationibus sedent... ac sibi nuntiari jubent an jam recitator intraverit... an ex magna parte evolverit librum: tum demum ac tunc quoque lente cunctanterque veniunt,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    = sic quoque, even as it was:

    quin nisi firmata extrema agminis fuissent, ingens in eo saltu accipienda clades fuerit. Tunc quoque ad extremum periculi ventum est,

    Liv. 21, 34, 8.—
    C.
    Tunc temporis (postclass.;

    v. tum, III. E.): ex gente obscura tunc temporis Persarum,

    Just. 1, 4, 4:

    parvae tunc temporis vires Atheniensibus erant,

    id. 3, 6, 6:

    ad abolendam invidiae famam qua insignis praeter ceteros tunc temporis habebatur,

    id. 8, 3, 7:

    erat namque tunc temporis urbs Appulis Brundisium,

    id. 12, 2, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tunc

См. также в других словарях:

  • Criminal Law (Sexual Offences and Related Matters) Amendment Act, 2007 — Citation Act No. 32 of 2007 Enacted by Parliament of South Africa …   Wikipedia

  • KABBALAH — This entry is arranged according to the following outline: introduction general notes terms used for kabbalah the historical development of the kabbalah the early beginnings of mysticism and esotericism apocalyptic esotericism and merkabah… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Christianity — /kris chee an i tee/, n., pl. Christianities. 1. the Christian religion, including the Catholic, Protestant, and Eastern Orthodox churches. 2. Christian beliefs or practices; Christian quality or character: Christianity mixed with pagan elements; …   Universalium

  • India — /in dee euh/, n. 1. Hindi, Bharat. a republic in S Asia: a union comprising 25 states and 7 union territories; formerly a British colony; gained independence Aug. 15, 1947; became a republic within the Commonwealth of Nations Jan. 26, 1950.… …   Universalium

  • MASORAH — This article is arranged according to the following outline: 1. THE TRANSMISSION OF THE BIBLE 1.1. THE SOFERIM 1.2. WRITTEN TRANSMISSION 1.2.1. Methods of Writing 1.2.1.1. THE ORDER OF THE BOOKS 1.2.1.2. SEDARIM AND PARASHIYYOT …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • literature — /lit euhr euh cheuhr, choor , li treuh /, n. 1. writings in which expression and form, in connection with ideas of permanent and universal interest, are characteristic or essential features, as poetry, novels, history, biography, and essays. 2.… …   Universalium

  • Italy — • In ancient times Italy had several other names: it was called Saturnia, in honour of Saturn; Enotria, wine producing land; Ausonia, land of the Ausonians; Hesperia, land to the west (of Greece); Tyrrhenia, etc. The name Italy, which seems to… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • JERUSALEM — The entry is arranged according to the following outline: history name protohistory the bronze age david and first temple period second temple period the roman period byzantine jerusalem arab period crusader period mamluk period …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • The Roman Congregations —     The Roman Congregations     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Roman Congregations     Certain departments have been organized by the Holy See at various times to assist it in the transaction of those affairs which canonical discipline and the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Russia — /rush euh/, n. 1. Also called Russian Empire. Russian, Rossiya. a former empire in E Europe and N and W Asia: overthrown by the Russian Revolution 1917. Cap.: St. Petersburg (1703 1917). 2. See Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. 3. See Russian… …   Universalium

  • France — /frans, frahns/; Fr. /frddahonns/, n. 1. Anatole /ann nann tawl /, (Jacques Anatole Thibault), 1844 1924, French novelist and essayist: Nobel prize 1921. 2. a republic in W Europe. 58,470,421; 212,736 sq. mi. (550,985 sq. km). Cap.: Paris. 3.… …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»